TW202413096A - Photosensitive transfer material, and method for manufacturing thereof, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring - Google Patents

Photosensitive transfer material, and method for manufacturing thereof, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202413096A
TW202413096A TW112128180A TW112128180A TW202413096A TW 202413096 A TW202413096 A TW 202413096A TW 112128180 A TW112128180 A TW 112128180A TW 112128180 A TW112128180 A TW 112128180A TW 202413096 A TW202413096 A TW 202413096A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
photosensitive
aforementioned
mass
transfer material
Prior art date
Application number
TW112128180A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
藤本進二
有冨隆志
佐藤守正
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202413096A publication Critical patent/TW202413096A/en

Links

Abstract

一種感光性轉印材料及該等的製造方法、以及使用上述感光性轉印材料之樹脂圖案之製造方法及電路配線之製造方法,上述感光性轉印材料在覆蓋膜上依序具有轉印層和偽支撐體,上述轉印層依序具有感光性層和包含粒子之粒子層,上述粒子層的上述偽支撐體側的表面具有包含上述粒子之凸結構,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑,或者,上述轉印層依序具有感光性層、中間層及包含粒子之粒子層,上述粒子層的上述偽支撐體側的表面具有包含上述粒子之凸結構。A photosensitive transfer material and a method for manufacturing the same, as well as a method for manufacturing a resin pattern using the photosensitive transfer material and a method for manufacturing circuit wiring, wherein the photosensitive transfer material has a transfer layer and a pseudo-support in sequence on a covering film, the transfer layer has a photosensitive layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the surface of the particle layer on the pseudo-support side has a convex structure containing the particles, the average layer thickness of a portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is less than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer, or the transfer layer has a photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the surface of the particle layer on the pseudo-support side has a convex structure containing the particles.

Description

感光性轉印材料及其製造方法、樹脂圖案之製造方法、以及電路配線之製造方法Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing the same, method for producing resin pattern, and method for producing circuit wiring

本揭示係關於一種感光性轉印材料及其製造方法、樹脂圖案之製造方法、以及電路配線之製造方法。The present invention relates to a photosensitive transfer material and a manufacturing method thereof, a manufacturing method of a resin pattern, and a manufacturing method of a circuit wiring.

在具備靜電電容型輸入裝置等觸控面板之顯示裝置(有機電致發光(EL)顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等)中,相當於視覺辨認部的感測器之電極圖案、周邊配線部分及引出配線部分的配線等導電性層圖案設置於觸控面板內部。 一般,在形成圖案化之層時,由於用於得到所需圖案形狀之步驟數少,因此對使用感光性轉印材料設置於任意基板上之感光性層形成用組成物的層,廣泛使用介隔具有所期望的圖案之遮罩進行曝光之後進行顯影之方法。 In a display device (organic electroluminescent (EL) display device and liquid crystal display device, etc.) having a touch panel such as an electrostatic capacitive input device, a conductive layer pattern such as an electrode pattern of a sensor corresponding to a visual recognition part, a peripheral wiring part, and wiring of a lead wiring part is provided inside the touch panel. Generally, when forming a patterned layer, since the number of steps for obtaining the desired pattern shape is small, a method of developing after exposing a layer of a photosensitive layer forming composition provided on an arbitrary substrate using a photosensitive transfer material is widely used.

又,作為以往的感光性轉印材料,已知有日本特開2019-128445號公報或國際公開第2019/146380號中所記載者。 在日本特開2019-128445中記載有一種感光性轉印材料,其在覆蓋膜上依序具有感光性層、黏著性層及偽支撐體,上述感光性層包含粒子,上述感光性層與上述黏著性層接觸,上述感光性層與上述黏著性層能夠剝離,將上述感光性層與上述黏著性層剝離之後的上述感光性層的表面具有由上述粒子形成之凹凸。 In addition, as a conventional photosensitive transfer material, those described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-128445 or International Publication No. 2019/146380 are known. Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-128445 describes a photosensitive transfer material having a photosensitive layer, an adhesive layer and a pseudo-support in order on a cover film, the photosensitive layer containing particles, the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer are in contact, the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer can be peeled off, and the surface of the photosensitive layer after the photosensitive layer and the adhesive layer are peeled off has concavities and convexities formed by the particles.

在國際公開2019/146380號中記載有一種感光性轉印材料,其在覆蓋膜上依序具有感光性層、中間層、黏著性層及偽支撐體,上述中間層包含粒子,上述中間層與上述黏著性層接觸,上述中間層與上述黏著性層能夠剝離,將上述中間層與上述黏著性層剝離之後的上述中間層的表面具有由上述粒子形成之凹凸。International Publication No. 2019/146380 describes a photosensitive transfer material having a photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer, an adhesive layer and a pseudo-support in sequence on a covering film, wherein the intermediate layer contains particles, the intermediate layer is in contact with the adhesive layer, the intermediate layer and the adhesive layer can be peeled off, and the surface of the intermediate layer after the intermediate layer and the adhesive layer are peeled off has bumps and depressions formed by the particles.

本發明的一實施態樣要解決之課題為提供一種光滑性優異的感光性轉印材料及其製造方法。 又,本發明的另一實施態樣要解決之課題為提供一種使用上述感光性轉印材料之樹脂圖案之製造方法及電路配線之製造方法。 One embodiment of the present invention aims to provide a photosensitive transfer material with excellent smoothness and a method for manufacturing the same. In addition, another embodiment of the present invention aims to provide a method for manufacturing a resin pattern using the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material and a method for manufacturing circuit wiring.

用於解決上述課題之手段包括以下的態樣。 <1>一種感光性轉印材料,其在覆蓋膜上依序具有轉印層和偽支撐體,上述轉印層依序具有感光性層和包含粒子之粒子層,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體接觸,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體能夠剝離,上述粒子層的上述偽支撐體側的表面具有包含上述粒子之凸結構,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑。 <2>一種感光性轉印材料,其在覆蓋膜上依序具有轉印層和偽支撐體,上述轉印層依序具有感光性層、中間層及包含粒子之粒子層,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體接觸,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體能夠剝離,上述粒子層的上述偽支撐體側的表面具有包含上述粒子之凸結構。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述偽支撐體在與上述粒子層接觸之面具有黏著性層。 <4>如<3>所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述黏著性層包含聚酯樹脂。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述感光性層為負型感光性層。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述轉印層的氧透過率為25,000cc/m 2·day·atm以下。 <7>如<2>所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述中間層包含聚乙烯醇。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述粒子層包含鹼可溶性樹脂。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述粒子的算術平均粒徑為10nm~200nm。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚為10nm~200nm。 <11>一種感光性轉印材料之製造方法,其包括如下步驟:在覆蓋膜上賦予感光性層形成用組成物而形成感光性層之步驟;在上述感光性層上賦予粒子層形成用組成物而形成在表面具有包含粒子之凸結構之粒子層之步驟;及將偽支撐體以與上述粒子層接觸之方式貼合於上述粒子層的具有上述凸結構之一側的表面之步驟,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於上述粒子層中所包含之粒子的算術平均粒徑。 <12>一種感光性轉印材料之製造方法,其包括如下步驟:在覆蓋膜上賦予感光性層形成用組成物而形成感光性層之步驟;在上述感光性層上賦予中間層形成用組成物而形成中間層之步驟;在上述中間層上賦予粒子層形成用組成物而形成粒子層之步驟;及將偽支撐體以與上述粒子層接觸之方式貼合於上述粒子層上之步驟。 <13>一種樹脂圖案之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟:剝離<1>至<10>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟;使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟;從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟;使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟;及對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟。 <14>一種電路配線之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟:剝離<1>至<10>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟;使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟;從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟;使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟;對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟;及將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 <15>一種電路配線之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟:剝離<1>至<10>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟;使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟;從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟;使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟;對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟;將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩在上述導電性層上實施電鍍之步驟;剝離所形成之上述樹脂圖案之步驟;及對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 [發明效果] Means for solving the above-mentioned problems include the following aspects. <1> A photosensitive transfer material, which has a transfer layer and a pseudo-support in sequence on a covering film, the transfer layer having a photosensitive layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the particle layer being in contact with the pseudo-support, the particle layer and the pseudo-support being capable of being peeled off, the surface of the particle layer on the pseudo-support side having a convex structure containing the particles, and the average layer thickness of a portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is less than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer. <2> A photosensitive transfer material, which has a transfer layer and a pseudo support on a cover film in sequence, wherein the transfer layer has a photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the particle layer is in contact with the pseudo support, the particle layer and the pseudo support can be peeled off, and the surface of the particle layer on the pseudo support side has a convex structure containing the particles. <3> The photosensitive transfer material as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the pseudo support has an adhesive layer on the surface in contact with the particle layer. <4> The photosensitive transfer material as described in <3>, wherein the adhesive layer contains a polyester resin. <5> The photosensitive transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer. <6> The photosensitive transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the oxygen permeability of the transfer layer is 25,000cc/ m2 ·day·atm or less. <7> The photosensitive transfer material as described in <2>, wherein the intermediate layer comprises polyvinyl alcohol. <8> The photosensitive transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the particle layer comprises an alkali-soluble resin. <9> The photosensitive transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the arithmetic average particle size of the particles is 10nm to 200nm. <10> A photosensitive transfer material as described in any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is 10nm to 200nm. <11> A method for manufacturing a photosensitive transfer material, comprising the following steps: a step of providing a photosensitive layer-forming composition on a cover film to form a photosensitive layer; a step of providing a particle layer-forming composition on the photosensitive layer to form a particle layer having a convex structure containing particles on its surface; and a step of attaching a pseudo-support to the surface of one side of the particle layer having the convex structure in a manner that the pseudo-support is in contact with the particle layer, wherein the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is less than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer. <12> A method for manufacturing a photosensitive transfer material, comprising the following steps: a step of providing a photosensitive layer-forming composition on a covering film to form a photosensitive layer; a step of providing an intermediate layer-forming composition on the photosensitive layer to form an intermediate layer; a step of providing a particle layer-forming composition on the intermediate layer to form a particle layer; and a step of bonding a pseudo-support to the particle layer in contact with the particle layer. <13> A method for manufacturing a resin pattern, which comprises the following steps in sequence: a step of peeling off the above-mentioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material described in any one of items <1> to <10>; a step of bringing the outermost layer on the side of the photosensitive layer in the photosensitive transfer material from which the above-mentioned covering film has been peeled into contact with and bonding with a support having a conductive layer; a step of peeling off the above-mentioned pseudo-support from the above-mentioned particle layer; a step of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the above-mentioned particle layer and exposing the above-mentioned photosensitive layer to a pattern through the above-mentioned exposure mask; and a step of developing the above-mentioned photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern. <14> A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, which comprises the following steps in order: a step of peeling off the cover film in the photosensitive transfer material described in any one of <1> to <10>; a step of bringing the outermost layer of the photosensitive layer side of the photosensitive transfer material from which the cover film has been peeled off into contact with a support having a conductive layer and bonding them together; The invention relates to a step of: peeling off the pseudo-support from the particle layer; bringing an exposure mask into contact with the particle layer and exposing the photosensitive layer in a pattern through the exposure mask; developing the photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern; and etching the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask. <15> A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, which comprises the following steps in order: a step of peeling off the above-mentioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material described in any one of <1> to <10>; a step of bringing the outermost layer of the photosensitive layer side of the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material from which the above-mentioned covering film has been peeled into contact with and bonding with a supporting body having a conductive layer; a step of peeling off the above-mentioned pseudo-support from the above-mentioned particle layer; The invention further comprises the steps of: bringing an exposure mask into contact with the particle layer and exposing the photosensitive layer in a pattern through the exposure mask; developing the photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern; electroplating the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask; peeling off the formed resin pattern; and etching the conductive layer. [Effects of the invention]

依據本發明的一實施態樣,能夠提供光滑性優異的感光性轉印材料及其製造方法。 又,依據本發明的另一實施態樣,能夠提供使用上述感光性轉印材料之樹脂圖案之製造方法及電路配線之製造方法。 According to one embodiment of the present invention, a photosensitive transfer material with excellent smoothness and a method for manufacturing the same can be provided. In addition, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a resin pattern using the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material and a method for manufacturing circuit wiring can be provided.

以下,對本揭示的內容進行說明。另外,參照所附圖式進行說明,但有時省略符號。 又,在本說明書中,用“~”表示之數值範圍係指將記載於“~”前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 又,在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或任一者。 再者,在本說明書中,關於組成物中的各成分的量,只要沒有特別指定,則在組成物中存在複數個相當於各成分之物質之情況下,係指存在於組成物中之該複數個物質的合計量。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語不僅包含獨立之步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確區分之情況下,只要能夠達成步驟的預期目的,則亦包含於本術語中。 在本說明書中的基(原子團)的標記中,未記載經取代及未經取代之標記,並且還包含不具有取代基者和具有取代基者。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則“曝光”不僅包括使用光之曝光,還包括使用電子束、離子束等粒子射線之描繪。又,作為用於曝光之光,一般可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線(活性能量射線)。 又,本說明書中的化學結構式亦有時以省略了氫原子之簡略結構式來記載。 在本揭示中,“質量%”的含義與“重量%”相同,“質量份”的含義與“重量份”相同。 又,在本揭示中,2個以上的較佳的態樣的組合為更佳的態樣。 又,關於本揭示中的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn),只要沒有特別指定,則為藉由使用TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(均為TOSOH CORPORATION製造之商品名)的管柱之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)分析裝置,利用溶劑THF(四氫呋喃)和示差折射計進行檢測,並使用聚苯乙烯作為標準物質而換算之分子量。 在本說明書中,“總固體成分”係指從組成物的所有組成中去除溶劑之後的成分的總質量。又,如上所述,“固體成分”為去除溶劑之後的成分,例如在25℃下可以為固體,亦可以為液體。 The contents of the present disclosure are described below. In addition, the description is made with reference to the attached drawings, but symbols are sometimes omitted. In addition, in this specification, the numerical range represented by "~" refers to the range that includes the numerical values recorded before and after "~" as the lower limit and upper limit. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either acryl and methacryloyl. Furthermore, in this specification, regarding the amount of each component in the composition, unless otherwise specified, when there are multiple substances equivalent to each component in the composition, it refers to the total amount of the multiple substances present in the composition. In this specification, the term "step" includes not only independent steps, but also steps that can achieve the intended purpose of the step even if they cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps. In the marking of the base (atomic group) in this specification, the marking of substituted and unsubstituted is not recorded, and it also includes those without substitution and those with substitution. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl without substitution (unsubstituted alkyl) but also alkyl with substitution (substituted alkyl). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle radiation such as electron beam and ion beam. In addition, as the light used for exposure, the bright line spectrum of mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-ray, electron beam and other active light (active energy radiation) can generally be cited. In addition, the chemical structure in this specification is sometimes recorded as a simplified structure in which hydrogen atoms are omitted. In this disclosure, the meaning of "mass %" is the same as "weight %", and the meaning of "mass parts" is the same as "weight parts". In addition, in this disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred aspects is a more preferred aspect. In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) in this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, are molecular weights converted by using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis device using a column of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), using a solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer, and using polystyrene as a standard substance. In this specification, "total solid content" refers to the total mass of the components after removing the solvent from all the components of the composition. In addition, as mentioned above, the "solid content" is the component after removing the solvent, for example, it can be solid or liquid at 25°C.

(感光性轉印材料) 本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第一實施態樣,在覆蓋膜上依序具有轉印層和偽支撐體,上述轉印層依序具有感光性層和包含粒子之粒子層,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體接觸,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體能夠剝離,上述粒子層的上述偽支撐體側的表面具有包含上述粒子之凸結構,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑。 本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣,在覆蓋膜上依序具有轉印層和偽支撐體,上述轉印層依序具有感光性層、中間層及包含粒子之粒子層,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體接觸,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體能夠剝離,上述粒子層的上述偽支撐體側的表面具有包含上述粒子之凸結構。 (Photosensitive transfer material) The first embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein has a transfer layer and a pseudo-support on a cover film in sequence, the transfer layer has a photosensitive layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the particle layer is in contact with the pseudo-support, the particle layer and the pseudo-support can be peeled off, the surface of the particle layer on the pseudo-support side has a convex structure containing the particles, and the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is less than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer. The second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein has a transfer layer and a pseudo-support on a cover film in sequence, the transfer layer has a photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the particle layer is in contact with the pseudo-support, the particle layer and the pseudo-support can be peeled off, and the surface of the particle layer on the pseudo-support side has a convex structure containing the particles.

另外,在本說明書中,當沒有特別指定而簡稱為“本揭示之感光性轉印材料”時,對上述第一實施態樣及上述第二實施態樣這兩者進行敘述。又,當沒有特別指定而簡稱為“覆蓋膜”等時,對上述第一實施態樣及上述第二實施態樣這兩者或任一者的覆蓋膜等進行敘述。In addition, in this specification, when it is not particularly specified and is abbreviated as "the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure", both the first embodiment and the second embodiment are described. In addition, when it is not particularly specified and is abbreviated as "cover film", the cover film of both or either of the first embodiment and the second embodiment is described.

乾膜光阻(DFR)藉由使用熱層合,能夠在各種基材上簡便地形成光阻圖案,被廣泛使用。又,由於近年來半導體的高積體化及非可見性的微細配線的動向,在5μm以下的圖案形成中使用DFR等要求高解析性之情況增加。 另一方面,用於乾膜光阻之偽支撐體(PET基材等)既有藉由過濾處理進行了異物去除之情況,亦有混入有難以去除之異物之情況。在介隔偽支撐體對光阻進行曝光時,為了消除由這樣的異物所引起之曝光障礙(由異物引起之陰影),採用在剝離偽支撐體之後轉移到光阻曝光步驟之方式,亦即,偽支撐體剝離曝光方式是有效的。 又,當介隔遮罩進行曝光時,愈減小光阻與遮罩之間的間隙(曝光GAP),光學像變得愈清晰。因此,在剝離成為擴大曝光GAP之原因之偽支撐體之後,以使遮罩與偽支撐體剝離後的表面接觸之方式進行曝光(亦稱為遮罩接觸曝光)對高解析度化是有效的。 然而,當在剝離偽支撐體之後實施遮罩接觸曝光時,偽支撐體剝離後露出之最表層(例如,感光性層或中間層等)會被直接印上平坦的偽支撐體的表面形狀,因此成為平坦的形狀。藉此,與接觸之平坦遮罩的光滑性差,在極端的情況下會引起黏連(blocking),有時會阻礙曝光機的對準動作或阻礙真空密接時的排氣,使面內的曝光間隙產生不均勻,並產生線寬的偏差。 又,在卷對卷(roll to roll)的材料輸送時,光阻最表層附著於輥上,有時會引起輸送不良。 因此,本發明人等為了解決該問題而進行了苦心探討之結果,發現了藉由設為上述第一實施態樣或上述第二實施態樣,光阻最表層與遮罩表面的光滑性優異。 在上述第一實施態樣中,藉由粒子層中的不存在凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於粒子層中所包含之粒子的算術平均粒徑,會由上述粒子形成所需高度的凸結構,光阻最表層與遮罩表面的光滑性提高。 又,在上述第二實施態樣中,藉由具有中間層及粒子層這兩者,詳細情況不明,但會良好地形成基於粒子之凸結構,光滑性提高。藉由設置中間層,容易維持光滑性及氧阻隔性。藉此,尤其在感光性層為負型時,靈敏度及圖案的清晰度提高。 在本揭示中,光滑性有時會以除了光阻最表層與遮罩表面的光滑性以外,還包含光阻最表層與輥表面的光滑性之含義使用。 Dry film resist (DFR) is widely used because it can easily form resist patterns on various substrates by using thermal lamination. In addition, due to the trend of high integration of semiconductors and invisible fine wiring in recent years, the use of DFR in pattern formation below 5μm requires high resolution. On the other hand, the pseudo support (PET substrate, etc.) used for dry film resist has some cases where foreign matter is removed by filtering, and some cases where foreign matter that is difficult to remove is mixed in. When exposing the photoresist through a dummy support, in order to eliminate exposure obstacles (shadows caused by foreign matter) caused by such foreign matter, it is effective to adopt a method of transferring to the photoresist exposure step after peeling off the dummy support, that is, the dummy support peeling exposure method. In addition, when exposing through a mask, the smaller the gap (exposure GAP) between the photoresist and the mask is, the clearer the optical image becomes. Therefore, after peeling off the dummy support that causes the expansion of the exposure GAP, it is effective to expose in a way that the mask contacts the surface after the dummy support is peeled off (also called mask contact exposure) for high resolution. However, when the mask contact exposure is performed after the dummy support is peeled off, the outermost layer (e.g., photosensitive layer or intermediate layer) exposed after the dummy support is peeled off will be directly printed with the surface shape of the flat dummy support, thus becoming a flat shape. As a result, the smoothness of the flat mask in contact is poor, which may cause blocking in extreme cases, sometimes hindering the alignment of the exposure machine or hindering the exhaust during vacuum sealing, causing uneven exposure gaps within the surface and deviations in line width. In addition, when the material is transported in a roll-to-roll manner, the outermost layer of the photoresist adheres to the roller, sometimes causing poor transport. Therefore, the inventors of the present invention have made painstaking research to solve this problem, and found that by setting the above-mentioned first embodiment or the above-mentioned second embodiment, the smoothness of the photoresist outermost layer and the mask surface is excellent. In the above-mentioned first embodiment, by the average layer thickness of the part of the particle layer where there is no convex structure is smaller than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer, the convex structure of the required height is formed by the above-mentioned particles, and the smoothness of the photoresist outermost layer and the mask surface is improved. In addition, in the above-mentioned second embodiment, by having both the intermediate layer and the particle layer, the details are unclear, but the convex structure based on the particles is well formed, and the smoothness is improved. By setting the intermediate layer, it is easy to maintain smoothness and oxygen barrier properties. Thereby, the sensitivity and the clarity of the pattern are improved, especially when the photosensitive layer is negative. In this disclosure, smoothness is sometimes used to mean the smoothness of the photoresist top layer and the surface of the mask, in addition to the smoothness of the photoresist top layer and the surface of the roller.

本揭示之感光性轉印材料可以在偽支撐體與感光性層或中間層之間、中間層與感光性層之間、感光性層與粒子層之間、粒子層與覆蓋膜之間等具有其他層。 從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,本揭示之感光性轉印材料為卷狀的感光性轉印材料為較佳。 The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein may have other layers between the pseudo-support and the photosensitive layer or intermediate layer, between the intermediate layer and the photosensitive layer, between the photosensitive layer and the particle layer, between the particle layer and the covering film, etc. From the perspective of further exerting the effects of the disclosure, the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein is preferably a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material.

從所得到之光阻圖案中的缺陷抑制性、靈敏度及解析性的觀點而言,本揭示之感光性轉印材料中的上述轉印層的氧透過率為25,000cc/(m 2·day·atm)以下為較佳,1,000cc/(m 2·day·atm)以下為更佳,100cc/(m 2·day·atm)以下為進一步較佳,50cc/(m 2·day·atm)以下為特佳。若在上述範圍內,則抑制由氧所引起之感光性層的聚合阻礙,硬化後的耐久性優異,並且,可抑制曝光不均勻,形狀穩定性及解析度優異,並且,在形成電路配線等配線時,可得到短路(短路故障)及斷線(開路故障)得到抑制之導體圖案。 另外,氧透過率的單位可以藉由1fm/(s·Pa)=8.752cc/(m 2·day·atm)的換算式換算成SI單位。 From the viewpoint of defect suppression, sensitivity and resolution in the obtained photoresist pattern, the oxygen permeability of the transfer layer in the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein is preferably 25,000cc/(m 2 ·day·atm) or less, more preferably 1,000cc/(m 2 ·day·atm) or less, further preferably 100cc/(m 2 ·day·atm) or less, and particularly preferably 50cc/(m 2 ·day·atm) or less. Within the above range, the polymerization inhibition of the photosensitive layer caused by oxygen is suppressed, the durability after curing is excellent, and the exposure unevenness can be suppressed, the shape stability and resolution are excellent, and when forming wiring such as circuit wiring, a conductor pattern in which short circuit (short circuit failure) and disconnection (open circuit failure) are suppressed can be obtained. In addition, the unit of oxygen permeability can be converted into SI unit by the conversion formula 1fm/(s·Pa)=8.752cc/(m 2 ·day·atm).

本揭示中的轉印層的氧透過率的測量方法如下所述。 在輥溫度100℃、線壓1.0MPa、線速度4.0m/min的層合條件下,將感光性轉印材料從感光性樹脂層側層合於三乙酸纖維素(TAC)基材(40μm厚度)上,並剝離偽支撐體,從而製作在TAC基材上轉印有轉印層之測量樣品。在測量裝置(Hach Ultra Analytics公司製造之氧濃度計MODEL3600型)的電極部分介隔聚矽氧潤滑脂貼附測量樣品,並將測量環境調節為23℃50%RH。根據在穩定狀態下到達電極之氧量估算氧透過係數。 The method for measuring the oxygen permeability of the transfer layer in the present disclosure is as follows. Under the lamination conditions of roller temperature of 100°C, linear pressure of 1.0 MPa, and linear speed of 4.0 m/min, the photosensitive transfer material is laminated on a triacetate cellulose (TAC) substrate (40 μm thickness) from the photosensitive resin layer side, and the pseudo support is peeled off, thereby preparing a measurement sample with the transfer layer transferred on the TAC substrate. The measurement sample is attached to the electrode part of the measuring device (oxygen concentration meter MODEL3600 manufactured by Hach Ultra Analytics) through polysilicone grease, and the measurement environment is adjusted to 23°C 50% RH. The oxygen permeability coefficient is estimated based on the amount of oxygen reaching the electrode in a stable state.

作為將上述轉印層的氧透過率調整在上述範圍內之方法,並沒有特別限制,可以舉出如下方法:除了上述感光性樹脂層以外,還具有中間層等層作為阻氧層之方法;在中間層中添加無機化合物之方法;在中間層中添加無機層狀化合物之方法;在中間層中包含氧透過性低的水溶性化合物,較佳為包含水溶性樹脂之方法等。There is no particular limitation on the method for adjusting the oxygen permeability of the transfer layer within the above range, and the following methods can be cited: a method in which, in addition to the above photosensitive resin layer, an intermediate layer or the like is provided as an oxygen barrier layer; a method in which an inorganic compound is added to the intermediate layer; a method in which an inorganic layered compound is added to the intermediate layer; a method in which the intermediate layer includes a water-soluble compound with low oxygen permeability, preferably a water-soluble resin, etc.

以下示出本揭示之感光性轉印材料的態樣的一例,但並不限於此。 (1)“偽支撐體/粒子層/感光性層/覆蓋膜” (2)“偽支撐體/粒子層/中間層/感光性層/覆蓋膜” (3)“偽支撐體/粒子層/熱塑性樹脂層/中間層/感光性層/覆蓋膜” 另外,在上述各構成中,感光性層為負型感光性層為較佳。又,感光性層為著色樹脂層亦為較佳。本揭示之感光性轉印材料用作蝕刻光阻(etching resist)用感光性轉印材料為較佳。 當用作蝕刻光阻用感光性轉印材料時,作為感光性轉印材料的構成,例如為上述之(1)~(3)中的任一構成為較佳。 The following is an example of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention, but the present invention is not limited thereto. (1) "pseudo-support body/particle layer/photosensitive layer/covering film" (2) "pseudo-support body/particle layer/intermediate layer/photosensitive layer/covering film" (3) "pseudo-support body/particle layer/thermoplastic resin layer/intermediate layer/photosensitive layer/covering film" In addition, in each of the above structures, the photosensitive layer is preferably a negative photosensitive layer. In addition, the photosensitive layer is also preferably a colored resin layer. The photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention is preferably used as a photosensitive transfer material for etching resist. When used as a photosensitive transfer material for etching photoresist, the composition of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably any one of the above (1) to (3).

在感光性轉印材料中,在感光性層的與偽支撐體側相反的一側進一步具有其他層之構成的情況下,配置於感光性層的與偽支撐體側相反的一側之其他層的合計厚度相對於感光性層的層厚為0.1%~30%為較佳,0.1%~20%為更佳。In the photosensitive transfer material, when the photosensitive layer further has other layers on the side opposite to the pseudo-support side, the total thickness of the other layers arranged on the side opposite to the pseudo-support side of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1% to 30%, and more preferably 0.1% to 20% relative to the thickness of the photosensitive layer.

以下,舉出具體的實施態樣的一例,對本揭示之感光性轉印材料進行說明。Hereinafter, a specific example of an implementation mode is given to explain the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention.

以下,舉出一例,對感光性轉印材料進行說明。 圖1所示之感光性轉印材料20依序具有偽支撐體11、包含粒子層18、熱塑性樹脂層13、中間層15及感光性層17之轉印層12、以及覆蓋膜19。 粒子層18具有凸結構18a,在凸結構18a中包含粒子(未圖示)。 又,圖1所示之感光性轉印材料20為配置有粒子層18、熱塑性樹脂層13及中間層15之形態,但熱塑性樹脂層13及中間層15為任意的層,亦可以不配置。 另外,作為上述轉印層中所包含之層,可以舉出感光性層、中間層、粒子層及熱塑性樹脂層等。又,設偽支撐體及覆蓋膜不包含於上述轉印層中。 以下,對構成感光性轉印材料之各要素進行說明。 Hereinafter, an example is given to explain the photosensitive transfer material. The photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 has a pseudo-support 11, a transfer layer 12 including a particle layer 18, a thermoplastic resin layer 13, an intermediate layer 15 and a photosensitive layer 17, and a cover film 19 in order. The particle layer 18 has a convex structure 18a, and the convex structure 18a contains particles (not shown). In addition, the photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 is a form in which the particle layer 18, the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the intermediate layer 15 are arranged, but the thermoplastic resin layer 13 and the intermediate layer 15 are arbitrary layers and may not be arranged. In addition, as the layers included in the above transfer layer, a photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer, a particle layer, and a thermoplastic resin layer can be cited. In addition, it is assumed that the pseudo support and the covering film are not included in the above transfer layer. Below, the various elements constituting the photosensitive transfer material are explained.

〔粒子層〕 本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有包含粒子之粒子層,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體接觸,上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體能夠剝離,上述粒子層的上述偽支撐體側的表面具有包含上述粒子之凸結構。 關於上述粒子層與上述偽支撐體能夠剝離,能夠藉由使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)觀察剝離感光性轉印材料的覆蓋膜並將其熱層合於基材上、進一步剝離偽支撐體之後露出之基材側的表面時,觀察到包含粒子之層,亦即粒子層來確認。 凸結構表示具有層厚局部大的結構者。凸結構向偽支撐體側突出為較佳。 就凸結構而言,藉由聚焦離子束(FIB:Focused Ion Beam)加工法將感光性轉印材料以膜厚約100nm的切片(薄片)的形式取出,並使用透射型電子顯微鏡(TEM:Transmission Electron microscope)觀察截面,能夠被確認為層厚相對於周圍局部大的結構。 就凸結構而言,使用SEM觀察剝離感光性轉印材料的覆蓋膜並將其層合於基材之後、進一步剝離偽支撐體之後露出之基材側的表面時,能夠被確認為相對於周圍局部突出之結構。 [Particle layer] The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein has a particle layer containing particles, the particle layer is in contact with the pseudo support, the particle layer and the pseudo support can be peeled off, and the surface of the particle layer on the pseudo support side has a convex structure containing the particles. The peeling off of the particle layer and the pseudo support can be confirmed by observing the surface of the substrate side exposed after peeling off the covering film of the photosensitive transfer material and thermally laminating it on the substrate, and further peeling off the pseudo support using a scanning electron microscope (SEM). The particle layer contains particles. A convex structure refers to a structure with a locally large layer thickness. It is preferred that the convex structure protrudes toward the pseudo-support body side. For a convex structure, by taking out the photosensitive transfer material in the form of a slice (thin slice) with a film thickness of about 100nm by the focused ion beam (FIB) processing method, and observing the cross section using a transmission electron microscope (TEM), it can be confirmed that the structure has a locally large layer thickness relative to the surrounding area. For a convex structure, by using SEM to observe the surface of the substrate side exposed after peeling off the covering film of the photosensitive transfer material and laminating it on the substrate, and further peeling off the pseudo-support body, it can be confirmed that the structure is locally protruding relative to the surrounding area.

在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第一實施態樣中,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑。 又,在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣中,從光滑性、所得到之樹脂圖案的線寬均勻性(以下,亦簡稱為“線寬均勻性”。)及所得到之樹脂圖案及蝕刻圖案的直線性(以下,亦簡稱為“直線性”。)的觀點而言,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑為較佳。 再者,在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第一實施態樣中,從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑R與上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚L之比R/L的值超過1且5以下為較佳,1.1以上且4以下為更佳,1.2以上且3以下為特佳。 又,在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣中,從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑R與上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚L之比R/L的值為0.5以上且5以下為較佳,1以上且4以下為更佳,超過1且3以下為特佳。 In the first embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is smaller than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer. In addition, in the second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, from the viewpoints of smoothness, line width uniformity of the obtained resin pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as "line width uniformity"), and linearity of the obtained resin pattern and etching pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as "linearity"), the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is preferably smaller than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer. Furthermore, in the first embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, from the viewpoints of smoothness, line width uniformity and linearity, the value of the ratio R/L of the arithmetic average particle size R of the particles contained in the particle layer to the average layer thickness L of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is preferably greater than 1 and less than 5, more preferably greater than 1.1 and less than 4, and particularly preferably greater than 1.2 and less than 3. Furthermore, in the second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, from the viewpoints of smoothness, line width uniformity and linearity, the value of the ratio R/L of the arithmetic average particle size R of the particles contained in the particle layer to the average layer thickness L of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is preferably greater than 0.5 and less than 5, more preferably greater than 1 and less than 4, and particularly preferably greater than 1 and less than 3.

上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚藉由利用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)觀察感光性轉印材料的相對於主面垂直的方向的截面並依據所得到之觀察圖像計測10點以上粒子層中的不存在凸結構之部分的厚度並且計算出其算術平均值來進行測量。The average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is measured by observing the cross section of the photosensitive transfer material in a direction perpendicular to the main surface using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) and measuring the thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist at more than 10 points based on the observed image obtained and calculating the arithmetic average thereof.

從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚為5nm~250nm為較佳,10nm~200nm為更佳,10nm~100nm為更佳,15nm~70nm為特佳。From the viewpoints of smoothness, line width uniformity and linearity, the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is preferably 5nm to 250nm, more preferably 10nm to 200nm, more preferably 10nm to 100nm, and particularly preferably 15nm to 70nm.

作為上述粒子,可以為球狀,亦可以為扁平狀,亦可以為纖維狀者,且可以為無機粒子,亦可以為有機粒子。從光滑性的觀點而言,上述粒子為無機粒子為較佳。The particles may be spherical, flat, or fibrous, and may be inorganic or organic. From the perspective of smoothness, the particles are preferably inorganic.

作為無機粒子,能夠使用公知的無機粒子。 作為無機粒子的材質,例如可以舉出BN、Al 2O 3、AlN、TiO 2、SiO 2、鈦酸鋇、鈦酸鍶、氫氧化鋁、碳酸鈣及包含兩種以上該等之材質。 其中,作為無機粒子,從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,金屬氧化物粒子為較佳,二氧化矽粒子或二氧化鈦粒子為更佳,二氧化矽粒子為特佳。 As the inorganic particles, known inorganic particles can be used. Examples of the material of the inorganic particles include BN, Al 2 O 3 , AlN, TiO 2 , SiO 2 , barium titanate, strontium titanate, aluminum hydroxide, calcium carbonate, and materials containing two or more of these. Among them, as the inorganic particles, metal oxide particles are preferred from the viewpoints of smoothness, line width uniformity, and linearity, silicon dioxide particles or titanium dioxide particles are more preferred, and silicon dioxide particles are particularly preferred.

作為有機粒子,能夠使用公知的有機粒子。 作為有機粒子的材質,例如可以舉出聚乙烯、聚苯乙烯、脲-甲醛填料、聚酯、纖維素、丙烯酸樹脂、氟樹脂、硬化環氧樹脂、交聯苯并胍胺樹脂、交聯丙烯酸樹脂、液晶聚合物及包含兩種以上該等之材質。 又,有機粒子可以為奈米纖維之類的纖維狀,亦可以為中空樹脂粒子。 其中,作為有機粒子,從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,交聯樹脂粒子為較佳,交聯丙烯酸樹脂粒子為更佳。 As organic particles, known organic particles can be used. As materials of organic particles, for example, polyethylene, polystyrene, urea-formaldehyde filler, polyester, cellulose, acrylic resin, fluororesin, hardened epoxy resin, cross-linked benzoguanamine resin, cross-linked acrylic resin, liquid crystal polymer, and materials containing two or more of these can be cited. In addition, organic particles can be fibrous such as nanofibers, or hollow resin particles. Among them, as organic particles, cross-linked resin particles are preferred from the viewpoints of smoothness, line width uniformity, and linearity, and cross-linked acrylic resin particles are more preferred.

從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,上述粒子層中所包含之上述粒子的算術平均粒徑為5nm~300nm為較佳,10nm~200nm為更佳,20nm~150nm為進一步較佳,20nm~65nm為特佳。From the viewpoint of smoothness, line width uniformity and linearity, the arithmetic average particle size of the above-mentioned particles contained in the above-mentioned particle layer is preferably 5nm to 300nm, more preferably 10nm to 200nm, further preferably 20nm to 150nm, and particularly preferably 20nm to 65nm.

本揭示中的粒子的算術平均粒徑設為藉由以下的方法測量者。 藉由聚焦離子束(FIB:Focused Ion Beam)加工法將感光性轉印材料以100nm厚度的切片(薄片)的形式取出,並使用透射型電子顯微鏡(TEM:Transmission Electron microscope)觀察截面。對任意100個所觀察之粒子測量長徑,將其算術平均值用作算術平均粒徑。 The arithmetic mean particle size of the particles disclosed herein is measured by the following method. The photosensitive transfer material is taken out in the form of a slice (thin slice) with a thickness of 100 nm by focused ion beam (FIB) processing, and the cross section is observed using a transmission electron microscope (TEM). The length diameter of any 100 observed particles is measured, and the arithmetic mean thereof is used as the arithmetic mean particle size.

上述粒子層進一步包含樹脂為較佳。 在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第一實施態樣中,作為上述樹脂,從層形成性及凸結構形成性的觀點而言,包含水溶性樹脂為較佳。 又,在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣中,作為上述樹脂,從層形成性及凸結構形成性的觀點而言,包含鹼可溶性樹脂或水溶性樹脂為較佳,包含鹼可溶性樹脂為更佳。 再者,在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣中,當上述中間層與上述粒子層直接接觸時,上述粒子層包含鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。 另一方面,在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣中,當後述之熱塑性樹脂層與上述粒子層直接接觸時,上述粒子層包含水溶性樹脂為較佳。 The particle layer further preferably includes a resin. In the first embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, the resin preferably includes a water-soluble resin from the viewpoint of layer formation and convex structure formation. In the second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, the resin preferably includes an alkali-soluble resin or a water-soluble resin from the viewpoint of layer formation and convex structure formation, and more preferably includes an alkali-soluble resin. Furthermore, in the second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, when the intermediate layer is in direct contact with the particle layer, the particle layer preferably includes an alkali-soluble resin. On the other hand, in the second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, when the thermoplastic resin layer described later is in direct contact with the above-mentioned particle layer, it is preferred that the above-mentioned particle layer contains a water-soluble resin.

作為上述粒子層中的水溶性樹脂,可以較佳地舉出後述之中間層中的水溶性樹脂。 又,作為上述粒子層中的鹼可溶性樹脂,可以較佳地舉出後述之感光性層中的鹼可溶性樹脂。 As the water-soluble resin in the particle layer, the water-soluble resin in the intermediate layer described later can be preferably cited. In addition, as the alkali-soluble resin in the particle layer, the alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive layer described later can be preferably cited.

上述粒子層可以單獨含有一種粒子,亦可以含有兩種以上。 從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,上述粒子層中的粒子的含量相對於粒子層的總質量為5質量%~80質量%為較佳,10質量%~70質量%為更佳,15質量%~65質量%為進一步較佳,20質量%~60質量%為特佳。 The particle layer may contain one type of particle alone or more than two types. From the viewpoint of smoothness, line width uniformity and linearity, the content of particles in the particle layer is preferably 5% to 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the particle layer, more preferably 10% to 70% by mass, further preferably 15% to 65% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% to 60% by mass.

上述粒子層可以單獨含有一種樹脂,亦可以含有兩種以上。 從光滑性、線寬均勻性及直線性的觀點而言,上述粒子層中的樹脂的含量相對於粒子層的總質量為20質量%~95質量%為較佳,30質量%~90質量%為更佳,35質量%~85質量%為進一步較佳,40質量%~80質量%為特佳。 The particle layer may contain only one type of resin or more than two types. From the viewpoint of smoothness, line width uniformity and linearity, the content of the resin in the particle layer is preferably 20% to 95% by mass relative to the total mass of the particle layer, more preferably 30% to 90% by mass, further preferably 35% to 85% by mass, and particularly preferably 40% to 80% by mass.

上述粒子層可以包含界面活性劑等其他公知的成分。 作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、非離子性(nonion)界面活性劑及兩性界面活性劑,非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。 又,作為界面活性劑,從層形成性及凸結構形成性的觀點而言,氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳,氟系界面活性劑為更佳。 作為界面活性劑的較佳的具體例,可以舉出在後述之感光性層項中所記載之界面活性劑。 The particle layer may contain other known components such as a surfactant. As surfactants, for example, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants can be cited, and nonionic surfactants are preferred. In addition, as surfactants, from the perspective of layer formation and convex structure formation, fluorine-based surfactants or silicone-based surfactants are preferred, and fluorine-based surfactants are more preferred. As preferred specific examples of surfactants, the surfactants described in the photosensitive layer described later can be cited.

〔偽支撐體〕 本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有偽支撐體。 偽支撐體為支撐感光性層或包含感光性層之積層體且能夠剝離之支撐體。 偽支撐體具有與上述粒子層的上述凸結構對應之凹結構為較佳。 偽支撐體與粒子層能夠剝離,因此偽支撐體與粒子層的剝離力為0.5N/25mm以下為較佳。 又,為了在感光性轉印材料的狀態下在偽支撐體與粒子層的界面處不易剝離,偽支撐體與粒子層的剝離力為0.001N/25mm以上為較佳。 上述剝離力藉由後述之方法進行測量。 [Pseudo-support] The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein has a pseudo-support. The pseudo-support is a peelable support that supports the photosensitive layer or a laminate containing the photosensitive layer. The pseudo-support preferably has a concave structure corresponding to the convex structure of the particle layer. The pseudo-support and the particle layer can be peeled off, so the peeling force between the pseudo-support and the particle layer is preferably 0.5N/25mm or less. In addition, in order to prevent the pseudo-support and the particle layer from peeling off at the interface in the state of the photosensitive transfer material, the peeling force between the pseudo-support and the particle layer is preferably 0.001N/25mm or more. The above peeling force is measured by the method described below.

從在對感光性層進行圖案曝光時能夠進行介隔偽支撐體之感光性層的曝光之觀點而言,偽支撐體具有透光性為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“具有透光性”係指在圖案曝光中使用之波長的光的透射率為50%以上。 從提高感光性層的曝光靈敏度之觀點而言,在偽支撐體的圖案曝光中所使用之波長(更佳為波長365nm)的光的透射率為60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。 另外,感光性轉印材料所具備之層的透射率為使光沿與層的主面垂直的方向(厚度方向)入射時的、通過層而出射之出射光的強度相對於入射光的強度的比率,使用Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造之MCPD Series進行測量。 From the perspective of being able to expose the photosensitive layer through the pseudo support when the photosensitive layer is pattern-exposed, it is preferred that the pseudo support has light transmittance. In addition, in this specification, "light transmittance" means that the transmittance of the wavelength used in the pattern exposure is 50% or more. From the perspective of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive layer, the transmittance of the wavelength (preferably 365nm) used in the pattern exposure of the pseudo support is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 70% or more. In addition, the transmittance of the layer possessed by the photosensitive transfer material is the ratio of the intensity of the outgoing light that passes through the layer to the intensity of the incident light when the light is incident in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer (thickness direction), and is measured using the MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.

作為構成偽支撐體之材料,例如可以舉出玻璃基板、樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度、可撓性及透光性的觀點而言,樹脂薄膜為較佳。 作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET:polyethylene terephthalate)薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,PET薄膜為較佳,雙軸拉伸PET薄膜為更佳。 As materials constituting the pseudo-support, for example, glass substrates, resin films and paper can be cited. From the perspective of strength, flexibility and light transmittance, resin films are preferred. As resin films, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films and polycarbonate films can be cited. Among them, PET films are preferred, and biaxially stretched PET films are more preferred.

偽支撐體的厚度(層厚)並不受特別限制,從作為支撐體之強度、在與電路配線形成用基板的貼合中所要求之可撓性及在最初的曝光時所要求之透光性的觀點而言,根據材質選擇即可。 偽支撐體的厚度在5μm~100μm的範圍為較佳,從易操作性及通用性的觀點而言,10μm~50μm的範圍為更佳,10μm~20μm的範圍為進一步較佳,10μm~16μm的範圍為特佳。 又,從樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及直線性的觀點而言,偽支撐體的厚度為50μm以下為較佳,25μm以下為更佳,20μm以下為特佳。 The thickness (layer thickness) of the dummy support is not particularly limited. From the perspective of the strength of the support, the flexibility required in bonding with the circuit wiring forming substrate, and the light transmittance required during the initial exposure, it can be selected according to the material. The thickness of the dummy support is preferably in the range of 5μm to 100μm. From the perspective of ease of operation and versatility, the range of 10μm to 50μm is more preferred, the range of 10μm to 20μm is further preferred, and the range of 10μm to 16μm is particularly preferred. In addition, from the perspective of defect suppression, resolution, and linearity of the resin pattern, the thickness of the dummy support is preferably 50μm or less, more preferably 25μm or less, and particularly preferably 20μm or less.

又,在用作偽支撐體之薄膜中無褶皺等變形、劃痕、缺陷等為較佳。 從介隔偽支撐體之圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,偽支撐體中所包含之微粒、異物、缺陷、析出物等的數量較少為較佳。直徑1μm以上的微粒、異物或缺陷的數量為50個/10mm 2以下為較佳,10個/10mm 2以下為更佳,3個/10mm 2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm 2為特佳。 Furthermore, it is preferred that the film used as the pseudo support has no deformation such as wrinkles, scratches, or defects. From the viewpoint of pattern formation during exposure of the pattern through the pseudo support and the transparency of the pseudo support, it is preferred that the number of particles, foreign matter, defects, precipitates, etc. contained in the pseudo support is small. The number of particles, foreign matter, or defects with a diameter of 1 μm or more is preferably 50 pieces/ 10 mm2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces/ 10 mm2 or less, further preferably 3 pieces/10 mm2 or less, and particularly preferably 0 pieces/ 10 mm2 or less.

從樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性、解析性及偽支撐體的透明性的觀點而言,偽支撐體的霧度較小為較佳。具體而言,偽支撐體的霧度值為2%以下為較佳,1.5%以下為更佳,未達1.0%為進一步較佳,0.5%以下為特佳。 本揭示中的霧度值使用霧度計(NDH-2000,NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)並藉由依照JIS K 7105:1981年之方法進行測量。 From the perspective of defect suppression and resolution of the resin pattern and transparency of the pseudo support, the smaller the haze of the pseudo support, the better. Specifically, the haze value of the pseudo support is preferably 2% or less, 1.5% or less is more preferred, less than 1.0% is further preferred, and 0.5% or less is particularly preferred. The haze value in this disclosure is measured using a haze meter (NDH-2000, manufactured by NIPPON DENSHOKU INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.) in accordance with JIS K 7105:1981.

在賦予操作性之觀點上,可以在偽支撐體的表面設置含有微小粒子之層(潤滑劑層)。潤滑劑層可以設置於偽支撐體的單面,亦可以設置於兩面。潤滑劑層中所包含之粒子的直徑例如能夠設為0.05μm~0.8μm。又,潤滑劑層的層厚例如能夠設為0.05μm~1.0μm。From the viewpoint of providing operability, a layer containing microparticles (lubricant layer) can be provided on the surface of the pseudo-support. The lubricant layer can be provided on one side of the pseudo-support or on both sides. The diameter of the particles contained in the lubricant layer can be set to 0.05 μm to 0.8 μm, for example. Furthermore, the thickness of the lubricant layer can be set to 0.05 μm to 1.0 μm, for example.

從輸送性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,偽支撐體中的與上述感光性層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為偽支撐體中的上述感光性層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra以上為較佳。 從輸送性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,偽支撐體中的與上述感光性層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為100nm以下為較佳,50nm以下為更佳,20nm以下為進一步較佳,10nm以下為特佳。 從偽支撐體的剝離性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,偽支撐體中的上述感光性層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為100nm以下為較佳,50nm以下為更佳,20nm以下為進一步較佳,10nm以下為特佳。 又,從輸送性、光阻圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,從偽支撐體中的與上述感光性層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra除去偽支撐體中的上述感光性層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra之差分的值為0nm~10nm為較佳,0nm~5nm為更佳。亦即,上述偽支撐體中的與上述感光性層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra等於或大於上述感光性層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為較佳。 From the perspective of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and analytical properties, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the photosensitive layer in the dummy support is preferably equal to or greater than the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer in the dummy support. From the perspective of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and analytical properties, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the photosensitive layer in the dummy support is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 50 nm or less, further preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less. From the perspective of the releasability of the pseudo support, the defect suppression of the resin pattern, and the analytical properties, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer side of the pseudo support is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 50 nm or less, further preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less. In addition, from the perspective of the transportability, the defect suppression of the photoresist pattern, and the analytical properties, the difference between the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer side of the pseudo support and the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer side of the pseudo support is preferably 0 nm to 10 nm, and more preferably 0 nm to 5 nm. That is, it is preferred that the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the photosensitive layer side in the pseudo-support is equal to or greater than the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer side.

本揭示中的偽支撐體或覆蓋膜的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra設為藉由以下的方法測量者。 使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo公司製造)在以下的條件下對偽支撐體或覆蓋膜的表面進行測量而得到薄膜的表面輪廓。 作為測量/分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,利用上述分析軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中得到直方圖資料。根據所得到之直方圖資料計算出算術平均粗糙度,得到偽支撐體或覆蓋膜的表面的Ra值。 當偽支撐體或覆蓋膜貼合於感光性層等時,從感光性層剝離偽支撐體或覆蓋膜並測量所剝離之一側的表面的Ra值即可。 The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the pseudo support or the covering film in this disclosure is measured by the following method. The surface of the pseudo support or the covering film is measured under the following conditions using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation) to obtain the surface profile of the film. As the measurement/analysis software, the Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 is used. Then, the Surface Map screen is displayed using the above analysis software, and the histogram data is obtained in the Surface Map screen. The arithmetic mean roughness is calculated based on the obtained histogram data to obtain the Ra value of the surface of the pseudo support or the covering film. When the dummy support or covering film is attached to the photosensitive layer, etc., the dummy support or covering film is peeled off from the photosensitive layer and the Ra value of the surface on the peeled side is measured.

從將所捲取之積層體藉由卷對卷方式再度進行輸送時,由上下堆疊之積層體與積層體的接著所引起之偽支撐體的剝離抑制性的觀點而言,偽支撐體的剝離力,具體而言,偽支撐體與感光性層或熱塑性樹脂層之間的剝離力為0.5mN/mm以上為較佳,0.5mN/mm~2.0mN/mm為更佳。From the perspective of suppressing the peeling of the pseudo-support caused by the connection between the upper and lower stacked laminates when the rolled-up laminate is transported again by a roll-to-roll method, the peeling force of the pseudo-support, specifically, the peeling force between the pseudo-support and the photosensitive layer or the thermoplastic resin layer, is preferably 0.5 mN/mm or more, and more preferably 0.5 mN/mm to 2.0 mN/mm.

本揭示中的偽支撐體的剝離力設為如以下那樣測量者。 在厚度100μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜上藉由濺射法製作厚度200nm的銅層,從而製作附有銅層之PET基板。 從所製作之感光性轉印材料剝離覆蓋膜,並在層合輥溫度100℃、線壓0.6MPa、線速度(層合速度)1.0m/min的層合條件下層合於上述附有銅層之PET基板上。接著,在偽支撐體的表面貼附膠帶(Nitto Denko Corporation製造之PRINTACK)之後,將在附有銅層之PET基板上至少具有偽支撐體及感光性層之積層體切割為70mm×10mm而製作樣品。將上述樣品的PET基板側固定於試樣台上。 使用拉伸壓縮試驗機(IMADA SEISAKUSHO CO.,LTD.製造,SV-55)沿180度的方向以5.5mm/秒拉伸膠帶而在感光性層或熱塑性樹脂層與偽支撐體之間進行剝離,並測量剝離所需之力(剝離力)密接力。 The peeling force of the pseudo support in the present disclosure is measured as follows. A copper layer with a thickness of 200 nm is formed on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of 100 μm by sputtering, thereby preparing a PET substrate with a copper layer. The cover film is peeled off from the prepared photosensitive transfer material and laminated on the above-mentioned PET substrate with a copper layer under lamination conditions of a lamination roll temperature of 100°C, a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa, and a linear speed (lamination speed) of 1.0 m/min. Next, after attaching tape (PRINTACK manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) to the surface of the dummy support, the laminate having at least the dummy support and the photosensitive layer on the PET substrate with the copper layer was cut into 70 mm × 10 mm to prepare a sample. The PET substrate side of the above sample was fixed on the test stand. Using a tensile compression tester (manufactured by IMADA SEISAKUSHO CO., LTD., SV-55), the tape was stretched at 5.5 mm/s in a 180-degree direction to peel off between the photosensitive layer or thermoplastic resin layer and the dummy support, and the force required for peeling (peeling force) and the adhesion force were measured.

作為偽支撐體的較佳態樣,例如在日本特開2014-85643號公報的0017段落~0018段落、日本特開2016-27363號公報的0019~0026段落、國際公開第2012/081680號的0041~0057段落、國際公開第2018/179370號的0029~0040段落及日本特開2019-101405號公報的0012段落~0032段落中有記載,該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。Preferred embodiments of the pseudo-support body are described, for example, in paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-85643, paragraphs 0019 to 0026 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-27363, paragraphs 0041 to 0057 of International Publication No. 2012/081680, paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-101405, and the contents of these publications are incorporated into this specification.

〔〔黏著性層〕〕 從光滑性、剝離性及凸結構形成性的觀點而言,上述偽支撐體在與上述粒子層接觸之面具有黏著性層為較佳。 作為黏著性層的材料,並沒有特別限制,能夠根據目的適當選擇,例如可以舉出包含公知的黏著劑或接著劑之層。 [Adhesive layer] From the viewpoints of smoothness, releasability, and convex structure formation, it is preferable that the pseudo-support has an adhesive layer on the surface in contact with the particle layer. The material of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, a layer containing a known adhesive or bonding agent can be cited.

作為黏著劑的例子,可以舉出丙烯酸系黏著劑、胺酯系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、矽酮系黏著劑等。又,作為黏著劑的例子,可以舉出在“剝離紙·剝離薄膜及黏著膠帶的特性評價及其控制技術”、情報機構、2004年、第2章中所記載之丙烯酸系黏著劑、紫外線(UV)硬化型黏著劑、矽酮黏著劑等。另外,丙烯酸系黏著劑係指包含(甲基)丙烯酸單體之聚合物((甲基)丙烯酸聚合物)之黏著劑。 當包含黏著劑時,可以進一步包含黏著賦予劑。 作為接著劑,例如可以舉出胺酯樹脂接著劑、聚酯樹脂接著劑、丙烯酸樹脂接著劑、乙烯乙酸乙烯酯樹脂接著劑、聚乙烯醇接著劑、聚醯胺接著劑、矽酮接著劑等。 其中,從光滑性、剝離性及凸結構形成性的觀點而言,上述黏著性層包含聚酯樹脂為較佳。 Examples of adhesives include acrylic adhesives, urethane adhesives, rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives, and the like. Also, examples of adhesives include acrylic adhesives, ultraviolet (UV) curing adhesives, silicone adhesives, and the like described in "Evaluation of properties of release paper, release film, and adhesive tape and its control technology", Information Agency, 2004, Chapter 2. In addition, acrylic adhesives refer to adhesives containing polymers of (meth) acrylic acid monomers ((meth) acrylic acid polymers). When an adhesive is included, an adhesive imparting agent may be further included. As adhesives, for example, urethane resin adhesives, polyester resin adhesives, acrylic resin adhesives, ethylene vinyl acetate resin adhesives, polyvinyl alcohol adhesives, polyamide adhesives, silicone adhesives, etc. can be cited. Among them, from the perspectives of smoothness, releasability, and convex structure formation, it is preferred that the adhesive layer contains a polyester resin.

作為黏著性層的形成方法,並不受特別限定,可以舉出如下方法:以黏著性層與中間層接觸之方式層合形成有黏著性層之偽支撐體之方法;以單獨接觸中間層之方式層合黏著性層之方法;將包含上述黏著劑或接著劑之組成物塗布於中間層上之方法等。 作為形成有黏著性層之偽支撐體,可以使用市售者,例如可以舉出E-MASK AW303D、E-MASK RP207(均為Nitto Denko Corporation製造)、PANAPROTECT HP25、PANAPROTECT MK38S(均為PANAC CO.,LTD.製造)等。 The method for forming the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and the following methods can be cited: a method of laminating a pseudo support having an adhesive layer in a manner that the adhesive layer is in contact with the intermediate layer; a method of laminating an adhesive layer in a manner that the adhesive layer is in contact with the intermediate layer alone; a method of applying a composition containing the above-mentioned adhesive or adhesive on the intermediate layer, etc. As a pseudo support having an adhesive layer, commercially available ones can be used, for example, E-MASK AW303D, E-MASK RP207 (both manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation), PANAPROTECT HP25, PANAPROTECT MK38S (both manufactured by PANAC CO., LTD.), etc. can be cited.

作為上述黏著性層的厚度,從兼顧黏著力和操作性之觀點而言,5μm~100μm為較佳。 黏著性層的厚度為0.01μm以上且50μm以下為較佳,0.1μm以上且20μm以下為更佳,0.2μm以上且10μm以下為特佳。 當黏著性層的厚度為0.01μm以上時,可抑制在層合時粒子被埋沒在感光性層中,有時容易顯現遮罩接觸時的良好的光滑性。又,當為50μm以下時,有時偽支撐體與粒子層的剝離性變得良好。 As for the thickness of the adhesive layer, 5μm to 100μm is preferred from the viewpoint of both adhesion and operability. The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.01μm or more and 50μm or less, more preferably 0.1μm or more and 20μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.2μm or more and 10μm or less. When the thickness of the adhesive layer is 0.01μm or more, it is possible to prevent the particles from being buried in the photosensitive layer during lamination, and sometimes it is easy to show good smoothness when the mask contacts. In addition, when it is 50μm or less, sometimes the releasability of the pseudo-support and the particle layer becomes good.

〔感光性層〕 用於本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有感光性層。 感光性層可以為正型感光性層,亦可以為負型感光性層,但負型感光性層為較佳。 負型感光性層包含鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑為較佳,以上述感光性層的總質量為基準,包含鹼可溶性樹脂:10質量%~90質量%;乙烯性不飽和化合物:5質量%~70質量%;及光聚合起始劑:0.01質量%~20質量%為更佳。 作為正型感光性層,並不受限制,能夠利用公知的正型感光性層。正型感光性層包含酸分解性樹脂亦即具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物和光酸產生劑為較佳。又,正型感光性層包含具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為較佳。 又,正型感光性層為包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物及光酸產生劑之化學增幅正型感光性層為更佳。 以下,對各成分按順序進行說明。另外,當簡稱為“感光性層”時,係指正型感光性層及負型感光性層這兩者。 [Photosensitive layer] The photosensitive transfer material used in the present disclosure has a photosensitive layer. The photosensitive layer may be a positive photosensitive layer or a negative photosensitive layer, but a negative photosensitive layer is preferred. The negative photosensitive layer preferably comprises an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. Based on the total mass of the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, the negative photosensitive layer preferably comprises an alkali-soluble resin: 10 mass% to 90 mass%; an ethylenically unsaturated compound: 5 mass% to 70 mass%; and a photopolymerization initiator: 0.01 mass% to 20 mass%. The positive photosensitive layer is not limited, and a known positive photosensitive layer can be used. The positive photosensitive layer preferably contains an acid-degradable resin, i.e., a polymer having a constituent unit with an acid group protected by an acid-degradable group, and a photoacid generator. In addition, the positive photosensitive layer preferably contains a resin having a constituent unit with a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinone diazide compound. In addition, the positive photosensitive layer is more preferably a chemically amplified positive photosensitive layer containing a polymer having a constituent unit with an acid group protected by an acid-degradable group and a photoacid generator. Below, each component is explained in order. In addition, when abbreviated as "photosensitive layer", it refers to both the positive photosensitive layer and the negative photosensitive layer.

《聚合性化合物》 負型感光性層包含聚合性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“聚合性化合物”係指受到後述之光聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之、與後述之“鹼可溶性樹脂”不同的化合物。 "Polymerizable compound" It is preferred that the negative photosensitive layer contains a polymerizable compound. In addition, in this specification, "polymerizable compound" refers to a compound that is polymerized by the action of a photopolymerization initiator described later, which is different from the "alkali-soluble resin" described later.

作為聚合性化合物所具有之聚合性基,只要為參與聚合反應之基,則不受特別限制,例如可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基;以及環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基。 作為聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和基之基為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。 又,作為聚合性化合物,包含乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。 The polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that participates in the polymerization reaction. For example, groups having ethylenically unsaturated groups such as vinyl, acryl, methacryl, styrene, and butylene diimide groups; and groups having cationic polymerizable groups such as epoxide and cyclobutylene groups can be cited. As the polymerizable group, a group having ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferred, and an acryl or methacryl group is more preferred. In addition, as the polymerizable compound, it is preferred to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and it is more preferred to contain a (meth)acrylate compound.

從解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,負型感光性層包含2官能以上的聚合性化合物(多官能聚合性化合物)為較佳,包含3官能以上的聚合性化合物為更佳。 在此,2官能以上的聚合性化合物係指在一個分子中具有2個以上聚合性基之化合物。 又,在解析性及剝離性優異的觀點上,聚合性化合物在一個分子中所具有之聚合性基的數量為6個以下為較佳。 From the perspective of resolution and pattern formation, it is preferred that the negative photosensitive layer contain a polymerizable compound having two or more functions (multifunctional polymerizable compound), and it is more preferred that it contain a polymerizable compound having three or more functions. Here, a polymerizable compound having two or more functions refers to a compound having two or more polymerizable groups in one molecule. In addition, from the perspective of excellent resolution and peeling properties, it is preferred that the number of polymerizable groups in one molecule of the polymerizable compound is 6 or less.

在感光性層的感光性與解析性及剝離性的平衡更優異的觀點上,負型感光性層包含2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。 從剝離性優異的觀點而言,負型感光性層中的2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的總含量為60質量%以上為較佳,超過70質量%為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,可以為100質量%。亦即,負型感光性層中所包含之乙烯性不飽和化合物可以全部為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 From the viewpoint of a better balance between the photosensitivity, resolution and release properties of the photosensitive layer, it is preferred that the negative photosensitive layer contain a difunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and it is more preferred that the negative photosensitive layer contain a difunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound. From the viewpoint of excellent release properties, the content of the difunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive layer is preferably 60% by mass or more relative to the total content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound, more preferably more than 70% by mass, and even more preferably more than 90% by mass. The upper limit is not particularly limited and may be 100% by mass. That is, the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the negative photosensitive layer may all be difunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

從解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,負型感光性層包含具有聚環氧烷結構之聚合性化合物為較佳,包含具有聚環氧乙烷結構之聚合性化合物為更佳。 作為具有聚環氧烷結構之聚合性化合物,可以較佳地舉出後述之聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 From the viewpoint of resolution and pattern formation, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a polymerizable compound having a polyalkylene oxide structure, and it is more preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a polymerizable compound having a polyethylene oxide structure. As the polymerizable compound having a polyalkylene oxide structure, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate described later can be preferably cited.

-乙烯性不飽和化合物B1- 負型感光性層含有具有芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1為較佳。乙烯性不飽和化合物B1為上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物中在一個分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 -Ethylenically unsaturated compound B1- The negative photosensitive layer preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having an aromatic ring and two ethylenically unsaturated groups. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

在負型感光性層中,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於乙烯性不飽和化合物的總含量的質量比為40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從剝離性的觀點而言,99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。In the negative photosensitive layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution, the mass ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 relative to the total content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 40 mass % or more, more preferably 50 mass % or more, further preferably 55 mass % or more, and particularly preferably 60 mass % or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of releasability, 99 mass % or less is preferably, 95 mass % or less is more preferably, 90 mass % or less is further preferably, and 85 mass % or less is particularly preferably.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如可以舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環等芳香族烴環、噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環及吡啶環等芳香族雜環以及該等的縮合環,芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。另外,上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以僅具有1個芳香環,亦可以具有2個以上的芳香環。 As the aromatic ring possessed by the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, for example, aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring and anthracene ring, aromatic heterocyclic rings such as thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring and pyridine ring, and condensed rings thereof can be cited, and aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferred, and benzene ring is more preferred. In addition, the above aromatic rings may have substituents. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.

從藉由抑制由顯影液所引起之負型感光性層的膨潤而解析性提高之觀點而言,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。 作為雙酚結構,例如可以舉出來自於雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、來自於雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及來自於雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。 From the viewpoint of improving resolution by suppressing swelling of the negative photosensitive layer caused by the developer, it is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 has a bisphenol structure. As the bisphenol structure, for example, there can be cited a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), a bisphenol F structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane), and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane), and the bisphenol A structure is preferable.

作為具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,例如可以舉出具有雙酚結構和鍵結於該雙酚結構的兩端之2個乙烯性不飽和基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。 雙酚結構的兩端與2個乙烯性不飽和基可以直接鍵結,亦可以介隔1個以上的伸烷氧基而鍵結。作為加成於雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成於雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數並不受特別限制,但在每1個分子中為4~16個為較佳,6~14個為更佳。 關於具有雙酚結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報的0072~0080段落中,該公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure, for example, there can be cited a compound having a bisphenol structure and two ethylenically unsaturated groups (preferably (meth)acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. The two ends of the bisphenol structure may be bonded directly to the two ethylenically unsaturated groups, or may be bonded via one or more alkoxy groups. As the alkoxy groups added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, ethoxy groups or propoxy groups are preferred, and ethoxy groups are more preferred. The number of alkoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, and more preferably 6 to 14. The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-224162, and the contents described in the publication are incorporated into this specification.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。 作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferred, and 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloyloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane is more preferred. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydodeethoxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxypentadecethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-200, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物B1,能夠使用下述式(Bis)所表示之化合物。As the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, a compound represented by the following formula (Bis) can be used.

[化學式1] [Chemical formula 1]

式(Bis)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,A為C 2H 4,B為C 3H 6,n 1及n 3分別獨立地為1~39的整數,且n 1+n 3為2~40的整數,n 2及n 4分別獨立地為0~29的整數,且n 2+n 4為0~30的整數,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的重複單元的排列可以為無規,亦可以為嵌段。而且,在嵌段的情況下,-(A-O)-和-(B-O)-中的任一者可以在雙酚結構側。 在一態樣中,n 1+n 2+n 3+n 4為2~20的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~12的整數為進一步較佳。又,n 2+n 4為0~10的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~2的整數為進一步較佳,0為特佳。 In formula (Bis), R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C2H4 , B is C3H6 , n1 and n3 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 39, and n1 + n3 each represent an integer of 2 to 40, n2 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 29, and n2 + n4 each represent an integer of 0 to 30, and the arrangement of the repeating units of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be random or in blocks. In the case of blocks, any one of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be on the bisphenol structure side. In one embodiment, n1 + n2 + n3 + n4 is preferably an integer of 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and even more preferably an integer of 4 to 12. Furthermore, n 2 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, further preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.

乙烯性不飽和化合物B1可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。 從解析性更優異的觀點而言,負型感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的含量相對於負型感光性層的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。上限並不受特別限制,但從轉印性及抑制邊緣熔融之觀點而言,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。上述邊緣熔融係指負型感光性層中的成分從感光性轉印材料的端部滲出之現象。 The ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of better analytical properties, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 in the negative photosensitive layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of transferability and suppression of edge melting, 70% by mass or less is preferably, and 60% by mass or less is more preferably. The above-mentioned edge melting refers to the phenomenon that the components in the negative photosensitive layer seep out from the end of the photosensitive transfer material.

負型感光性層可以含有除上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物並不受特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。例如,可以舉出在一個分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 The negative photosensitive layer may contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1. Ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. For example, compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound), bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds without an aromatic ring, and trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds can be cited.

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯。Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。 作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為市售品,例如可以舉出8UX-015A(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 Examples of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds without an aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, amine di(meth)acrylate, and trihydroxymethylpropane diacrylate. Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane dimethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of amine di(meth)acrylates include propylene oxide-modified amine di(meth)acrylate and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified amine di(meth)acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及該等的環氧烷改質物。 在此,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。在一態樣中,負型感光性層包含上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。在該情況下,乙烯性不飽和化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比為(乙烯性不飽和化合物B1的合計質量):(3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的合計質量)=1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為進一步較佳。 又,在一態樣中,負型感光性層包含上述之乙烯性不飽和化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 Examples of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds include dipentatriol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa) (meth)acrylate, pentatriol (tri/tetra) (meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrihydroxymethylpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri(meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, and oxirane modified products thereof. Here, "(tri/tetra/penta/hexa) (meth)acrylate" is a concept including tri(meth)acrylate, tetra(meth)acrylate, penta(meth)acrylate, and hexa(meth)acrylate, and "(tri/tetra) (meth)acrylate" is a concept including tri(meth)acrylate and tetra(meth)acrylate. In one embodiment, the negative photosensitive layer preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. In this case, the mass ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is (total mass of the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1): (total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds) = 1:1 to 5:1, preferably 1.2:1 to 4:1, and more preferably 1.5:1 to 3:1. In one embodiment, the negative photosensitive layer preferably contains the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標) 135等)、乙氧基化甘油三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)以及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)。Examples of the alkylene oxide-modified products of trifunctional or higher ethylenic unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.), alkylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD., etc.), ethoxylated glyceryl triacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.).

又,作為除乙烯性不飽和化合物B1以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以使用日本特開2004-239942號公報的0025~0030段落中所記載之具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物。As ethylenically unsaturated compounds other than the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1, ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 can be used.

從解析性及直線性的觀點而言,負型感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量Mm與鹼可溶性樹脂的含量Mb之比Mm/Mb的值為1.0以下為較佳,0.9以下為更佳,0.5以上且0.9以下為特佳。 又,從硬化性及解析性的觀點而言,負型感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物為較佳。 再者,從硬化性、解析性及直線性的觀點而言,負型感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物包含(甲基)丙烯酸化合物,且丙烯酸化合物的含量相對於負型感光性層中所包含之上述(甲基)丙烯酸化合物的總質量為60質量%以下為更佳。 From the viewpoint of resolution and linearity, the value of the ratio Mm/Mb of the content Mm of the ethylenically unsaturated compound to the content Mb of the alkali-soluble resin in the negative photosensitive layer is preferably 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of curability and resolution, it is preferred that the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive layer includes a (meth) acrylic compound. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of curability, resolution and linearity, it is preferred that the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive layer includes a (meth) acrylic compound, and the content of the acrylic compound is 60% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the negative photosensitive layer.

作為包含乙烯性不飽和化合物B1之乙烯性不飽和化合物的分子量(當具有分布時為重量平均分子量(Mw)),200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (when having a distribution, weight average molecular weight (Mw)) of the ethylenically unsaturated compound including the ethylenically unsaturated compound B1 is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and even more preferably 300 to 2,200.

乙烯性不飽和化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。 負型感光性層中的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於負型感光性層的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,20質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為進一步較佳。 The ethylenically unsaturated compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the negative photosensitive layer is preferably 10% to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% to 60% by mass, and even more preferably 20% to 50% by mass relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer.

《光聚合起始劑》 負型感光性層包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為受到紫外線、可見光線及X射線等活性光線而引發乙烯性不飽和化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑。 其中,從解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,感光性層為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 《Photopolymerization initiator》 It is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated compounds when exposed to active light such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X-rays. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic ion polymerization initiator can be cited. Among them, from the viewpoint of resolution and pattern formation, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer is a photoradical polymerization initiator.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑、具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑及聯咪唑化合物。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an acylphosphine oxide structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure, and a biimidazole compound can be cited.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以使用日本特開2011-95716號公報的0031~0042段落、日本特開2015-14783號公報的0064~0081段落中所記載之聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064 to 0081 of JP-A-2015-14783 can be used.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE,CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲醚、(p,p’-二甲氧基苄基)大茴香酯、TAZ-110(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(商品名:Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、Irgacure OXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF公司製造)、Omnirad651及369(商品名:IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)及2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, (p,p'-dimethoxybenzyl) anisyl ester, TAZ-110 (trade name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, TAZ-111 (trade name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Irgacure OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), Omnirad 651 and 369 (trade name: manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), and 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)(商品名:IRGACURE(註冊商標) OXE01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯基肟)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE03(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-口末啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(商品名:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-口末啉基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)丁酮-1(商品名:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(商品名:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(商品名:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(商品名:Lunar 6,DKSH Japan K.K.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(商品名:B-CIM,Hampford公司製造)及2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(商品名:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators include 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE01, manufactured by BASF), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone-1-(O-acetyl oxime) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE02, manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE OXE03 (manufactured by BASF), 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-indole)phenyl]-1-butanone (trade name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-isopropylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-isopropylphenyl)butanone-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator (trade name: Lunar 6, manufactured by DKSH Japan K.K.), 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (trade name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford) and 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (trade name: BCTB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)為受到活性光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,感應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活性光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳,但其化學結構並不受限制。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,只要為藉由與增感劑併用而感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線從而產生酸之化合物,則亦能夠與增感劑組合而較佳地使用。 作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限值並沒有特別規定,例如-10.0以上為較佳。 Photocatalytic ion polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) are compounds that generate acid when exposed to active light. As photocatalytic ion polymerization initiators, compounds that generate acid by responding to active light with a wavelength of 300nm or more, preferably 300nm to 450nm, are preferred, but their chemical structures are not limited. In addition, photocatalytic ion polymerization initiators that do not directly respond to active light with a wavelength of 300nm or more can also be used in combination with a sensitizer as long as they are compounds that respond to active light with a wavelength of 300nm or more and generate acid by using a sensitizer. As a photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less is preferred, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less is more preferred, and a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less is particularly preferred. There is no particular lower limit for pKa, for example, -10.0 or more is preferred.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物以及四級銨鹽類。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114~0133段落中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 As the photocatalytic polymerization initiator, there can be mentioned ionic photocatalytic polymerization initiators and nonionic photocatalytic polymerization initiators. As the ionic photocatalytic polymerization initiator, for example, onium salt compounds such as diaryl iodonium salts and triaryl stibnium salts and quaternary ammonium salts can be mentioned. As the ionic photocatalytic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocatalytic polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-85643 can be used.

作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出三氯甲基-s-三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-s-三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083~0088段落中所記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084~0088段落中所記載之化合物。As nonionic photocatalytic polymerization initiators, for example, trichloromethyl-s-trioxanes, diazomethane compounds, acylimide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds can be cited. As trichloromethyl-s-trioxanes, diazomethane compounds, and acylimide sulfonate compounds, the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-221494 can be used. In addition, as oxime sulfonate compounds, the compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be used.

負型感光性層可以單獨含有一種光聚合起始劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 負型感光性層中的光聚合起始劑的含量並不受特別限制,但相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但相對於負型感光性層的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。 The negative photosensitive layer may contain one photopolymerization initiator alone or two or more. The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the negative photosensitive layer is not particularly limited, but preferably 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.0% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but preferably 10% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer, and more preferably 5% by mass or less.

《鹼可溶性樹脂》 負型感光性層包含鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,“鹼可溶性”係指在液溫22℃下對碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,並沒有特別限制,例如可以較佳地舉出用於蝕刻光阻之公知的鹼可溶性樹脂。 又,鹼可溶性樹脂為黏合劑聚合物為較佳。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,具有酸基之鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。 其中,作為鹼可溶性樹脂,後述之聚合物A為較佳。 《Alkali-soluble resin》 The negative photosensitive layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin. In addition, in this specification, "alkali-soluble" means that the solubility in 100g of a 1 mass% aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at a liquid temperature of 22°C is 0.1g or more. There is no particular limitation on the alkali-soluble resin, and for example, a known alkali-soluble resin used for etching photoresist can be preferably cited. In addition, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a binder polymer. As the alkali-soluble resin, an alkali-soluble resin having an acid group is preferably used. Among them, as the alkali-soluble resin, the polymer A described later is preferably used.

-聚合物A- 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,包含聚合物A為較佳。 從藉由抑制由顯影液所引起之感光性層的膨潤而解析性更優異的觀點而言,聚合物A的酸值為220mgKOH/g以下為較佳,未達200mgKOH/g為更佳,未達190mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 聚合物A的酸值的下限並不受特別限制,但從顯影性更優異的觀點而言,60mgKOH/g以上為較佳,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,170mgKOH/g以上為特佳。 -Polymer A- As the alkali-soluble resin, it is preferable to include polymer A. From the viewpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive layer caused by the developer, the acid value of polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH/g, and further preferably less than 190 mgKOH/g. The lower limit of the acid value of polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better development, 60 mgKOH/g or more is preferred, 120 mgKOH/g or more is more preferred, 150 mgKOH/g or more is further preferred, and 170 mgKOH/g or more is particularly preferred.

另外,酸值是為了中和試樣1g所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量[mg],在本說明書中,將單位記載為mgKOH/g。酸值例如能夠根據化合物中的酸基的平均含量計算出。 聚合物A的酸值利用構成聚合物A之構成單元的種類及含有酸基之構成單元的含量進行調整即可。 In addition, the acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1g of the sample. In this manual, the unit is recorded as mgKOH/g. The acid value can be calculated, for example, based on the average content of the acid group in the compound. The acid value of polymer A can be adjusted using the type of constituent units constituting polymer A and the content of constituent units containing acid groups.

聚合物A的重量平均分子量為5,000~500,000為較佳。從提高解析性及顯影性之觀點而言,將重量平均分子量設為500,000以下為較佳。將重量平均分子量設為100,000以下為更佳,設為60,000以下為進一步較佳,設為50,000以下為特佳。 另一方面,從控制顯影凝聚物的性狀以及邊緣熔融性及切屑性等未曝光膜的性狀之觀點而言,將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上為較佳。將重量平均分子量設為10,000以上為更佳,設為20,000以上為進一步較佳,設為30,000以上為特佳。邊緣熔融性係指將感光性轉印材料捲取為卷狀時感光性層從卷的端面的溢出容易程度。切屑性係指用切刀切斷未曝光膜時切屑飛散容易程度。若該切屑附著於感光性層的上表面等,則會在其後的曝光步驟等中轉印到遮罩而成為不良品的原因。 聚合物A的分散度為1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為進一步較佳。在本揭示中,分子量為使用凝膠滲透層析測量之值。又,分散度為重量平均分子量相對於數量平均分子量之比(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。 The weight average molecular weight of polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. From the viewpoint of improving resolution and developing properties, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less. It is more preferred that the weight average molecular weight is 100,000 or less, further preferred that it is 60,000 or less, and particularly preferred that it is 50,000 or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed aggregates and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge melting and cutting properties, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight is 5,000 or more. It is more preferred that the weight average molecular weight is 10,000 or more, further preferred that it is 20,000 or more, and particularly preferred that it is 30,000 or more. Edge melting refers to the ease with which the photosensitive layer overflows from the end surface of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is rolled into a roll. Cutting property refers to the ease with which cutting chips fly when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If the cutting chips adhere to the upper surface of the photosensitive layer, etc., they will be transferred to the mask in the subsequent exposure step, etc., and become a defective product. The dispersion degree of polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, 1.0 to 5.0 is more preferably, 1.0 to 4.0 is further preferably, and 1.0 to 3.0 is further preferably. In this disclosure, the molecular weight is a value measured using gel permeation analysis. In addition, the dispersion degree is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight).

從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化之觀點而言,負型感光性層包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分作為聚合物A為較佳。另外,作為這種芳香族烴基,例如可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基、或經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。 聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分的含量以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳,50質量%以上為最佳。作為上限,並不受特別限定,但較佳為95質量%以下,更佳為85質量%以下。另外,負型感光性層含有複數種聚合物A時的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分的含有量作為重量平均值而求出。 From the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration of line width or resolution when the focus position deviates during exposure, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group as polymer A. In addition, as such an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group can be cited. The content of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more is more preferably, 40% by mass or more is further preferably, 45% by mass or more is particularly preferably, and 50% by mass or more is the best, based on the total mass of all monomer components. As an upper limit, it is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less. In addition, when the negative photosensitive layer contains multiple polymers A, the content of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is calculated as a weight average value.

作為上述具有芳香族烴基之單體,例如可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、三級丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物、苯乙烯三聚物等)。其中,具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。在一態樣中,當聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分為苯乙烯時,苯乙烯單體成分的含量以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為20質量%~50質量%為較佳,25質量%~45質量%為更佳,30質量%~40質量%為進一步較佳,30質量%~35質量%為特佳。As the above-mentioned monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, monomers having an aralkyl group, styrene, and polymerizable styrene derivatives (for example, methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, tertiary butoxy styrene, acetyloxy styrene, 4-vinyl benzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.) can be cited. Among them, monomers having an aralkyl group or styrene are preferred. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is styrene, the content of the styrene monomer component is preferably 20% to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all monomer components, more preferably 25% to 45% by mass, further preferably 30% to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% to 35% by mass.

作為芳烷基,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基(苄基除外)、或經取代或未經取代之苄基等,經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。As the aralkyl group, there can be mentioned a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group, and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferred.

作為具有苯基烷基之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯基乙酯等。Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為具有苄基之單體,可以舉出具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等;具有苄基之乙烯基單體,例如乙烯基苄基氯、乙烯基苄醇等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。在一態樣中,當聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯時,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯單體成分的含量以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為50質量%~95質量%為較佳,60質量%~90質量%為更佳,70質量%~90質量%為進一步較佳,75質量%~90質量%為特佳。As the monomer having a benzyl group, there can be cited (meth)acrylates having a benzyl group, such as benzyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate chloride, etc.; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, such as vinylbenzyl chloride, vinylbenzyl alcohol, etc. Among them, benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon in polymer A is benzyl (meth)acrylate, the content of the benzyl (meth)acrylate monomer component is preferably 50 mass% to 95 mass%, more preferably 60 mass% to 90 mass%, further preferably 70 mass% to 90 mass%, and particularly preferably 75 mass% to 90 mass%, based on the total mass of all monomer components.

含有具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A藉由使具有芳香族烴基之單體與至少一種後述之第一單體及/或至少一種後述之第二單體進行聚合而得到為較佳。The polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group with at least one first monomer described later and/or at least one second monomer described later.

不含有具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A藉由使至少一種後述之第一單體進行聚合而得到為較佳,藉由使至少一種第一單體與至少一種後述之第二單體進行共聚合而得到為更佳。The polymer A containing no monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one first monomer described below, and is more preferably obtained by copolymerizing at least one first monomer and at least one second monomer described below.

第一單體為在分子中具有羧基之單體。作為第一單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐、順丁烯二酸半酯等。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。 聚合物A中的第一單體的含量以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,15質量%~30質量%為進一步較佳。 The first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, maleic acid half ester, etc. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred. The content of the first monomer in polymer A is preferably 5% to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% to 40% by mass, and even more preferably 15% to 30% by mass based on the total mass of all monomer components.

第一單體的共聚合比例以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為10質量%~50質量%較佳。從顯現良好的顯影性之觀點、控制邊緣熔融性等觀點而言,將上述共聚合比例設為10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。從光阻圖案的高解析性及下擺部形狀的觀點而言,進一步從光阻圖案的耐藥品性的觀點而言,將上述共聚合比例設為50質量%以下為較佳,在該等觀點上,35質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳,27質量%以下為特佳。The copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably 10 mass % to 50 mass % based on the total mass of all monomer components. From the viewpoint of showing good developing properties and controlling edge melting properties, it is preferred that the copolymerization ratio is 10 mass % or more, 15 mass % or more is more preferred, and 20 mass % or more is further preferred. From the viewpoint of high resolution and shape of the bottom hem of the photoresist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the photoresist pattern, it is preferred that the copolymerization ratio is 50 mass % or less, and from these viewpoints, 35 mass % or less is more preferred, 30 mass % or less is further preferred, and 27 mass % or less is particularly preferred.

第二單體為非酸性且在分子中具有至少1個聚合性不飽和基之單體。作為第二單體,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯醇的酯類;以及(甲基)丙烯腈等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為特佳。 聚合物A中的第二單體的含量以所有單體成分的合計質量為基準為5質量%~60質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~45質量%為進一步較佳。 The second monomer is a non-acidic monomer having at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include (meth)acrylate methyl, (meth)acrylate ethyl, (meth)acrylate n-propyl, (meth)acrylate isopropyl, (meth)acrylate n-butyl, (meth)acrylate isobutyl, (meth)acrylate tertiary butyl, (meth)acrylate 2-hydroxyethyl, (meth)acrylate 2-hydroxypropyl, (meth)acrylate cyclohexyl, (meth)acrylate 2-ethylhexyl, (meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylate esters; vinyl alcohol esters such as vinyl acetate; and (meth)acrylonitrile. Among them, methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate are preferred, and methyl (meth)acrylate is particularly preferred. The content of the second monomer in polymer A is preferably 5% to 60% by mass, more preferably 15% to 50% by mass, and even more preferably 20% to 45% by mass based on the total mass of all monomer components.

從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化之觀點而言,含有具有芳烷基之單體及/或苯乙烯作為單體為較佳。例如,包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物、包含甲基丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯及苯乙烯之共聚物等為較佳。 在一態樣中,聚合物A為包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分25質量%~40質量%、第一單體成分20質量%~35質量%、第二單體成分30質量%~45質量%之聚合物為較佳。又,在另一態樣中,包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分70質量%~90質量%、第一單體成分10質量%~25質量%之聚合物為較佳。 From the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration of line width or resolution when the focus position deviates during exposure, it is preferable to contain a monomer having an aralkyl group and/or styrene as a monomer. For example, a copolymer containing methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer containing methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, etc. are preferable. In one embodiment, polymer A is preferably a polymer containing 25% to 40% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon, 20% to 35% by mass of a first monomer component, and 30% to 45% by mass of a second monomer component. In another embodiment, a polymer containing 70% to 90% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon and 10% to 25% by mass of a first monomer component is preferable.

聚合物A可以在側鏈中具有直鏈結構、分支結構及脂環結構中的任一者。藉由使用含有在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體或含有在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體,能夠將分支結構或脂環結構導入到聚合物A的側鏈中。具有脂環結構之基可以為單環或多環。 作為含有在側鏈中具有分支結構之基之單體的具體例,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級辛酯。在該等之中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯為更佳。 作為含有在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基之單體,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體、具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體,且可以舉出具有碳數(碳原子數)5~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為更具體的例子,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環[2.2.1]庚基-2)酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚(methanoindene)-5-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-甲橋茚-1-基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環[3.1.1]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環[4.1.0]庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。在該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯之中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為特佳。 Polymer A may have any of a straight chain structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in the side chain. By using a monomer containing a base having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a base having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure or an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of polymer A. The base having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of monomers containing a branched structure in the side chain include isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, dibutyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary pentyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, 3-octyl (meth)acrylate, and tertiary octyl (meth)acrylate. Among them, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, or tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate is preferred, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate or tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate is more preferred. Examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in a side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. As more specific examples, for example, (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2-(meth)acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-ethyladamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, and the like can be cited. methyl (meth)acrylate, 1-mentholyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl (meth)acrylate, 3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo[4.1.0]heptyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, fenchyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-trimethylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and the like. Among the (meth)acrylates, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, fenchyl (meth)acrylate, 1-mentholyl (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate is preferred, and cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate is particularly preferred.

聚合物A可以單獨使用一種,或者可以混合使用兩種以上。當混合使用兩種以上時,混合使用兩種包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A或者混合使用包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A和不包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A為較佳。在後者的情況下,包含具有芳香族烴基之單體成分之聚合物A的使用比例相對於聚合物A的全部為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。Polymer A may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more polymers are used in combination, it is preferred to use two polymers A containing monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups in combination or to use a polymer A containing monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups and a polymer A not containing monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups in combination. In the latter case, the proportion of polymer A containing monomer components having aromatic hydrocarbon groups used relative to the total amount of polymer A is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.

聚合物A的合成藉由向將上述中所說明之一種或複數種單體用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、異丙醇等溶劑稀釋而成之溶液中添加適量過氧化苯甲醯、偶氮異丁腈等自由基聚合起始劑並加熱攪拌來進行為較佳。有時亦會一邊將混合物的一部分滴加到反應液中一邊進行合成之情況。反應結束後,有時亦會進一步加入溶劑而調整為所期望的濃度。作為合成手段,除了溶液聚合以外,可以使用塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合或乳化聚合。The synthesis of polymer A is preferably carried out by adding an appropriate amount of a free radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyronitrile to a solution prepared by diluting one or more of the monomers described above with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, isopropanol, etc., and heating and stirring. Sometimes, a part of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction solution while the synthesis is carried out. After the reaction is completed, a solvent is sometimes further added to adjust the concentration to the desired concentration. As a synthesis method, in addition to solution polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization or emulsion polymerization can be used.

聚合物A的玻璃轉移溫度Tg為30℃以上且135℃以下為較佳。藉由在感光性層中使用具有135℃以下的Tg之聚合物A,能夠抑制曝光時焦點位置偏離時的線寬粗細或解析度的惡化。從該觀點而言,聚合物A的Tg為130℃以下為更佳,120℃以下為進一步較佳,110℃以下為特佳。又,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,使用具有30℃以上的Tg之聚合物A為較佳。從該觀點而言,聚合物A的Tg為40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。The glass transition temperature Tg of polymer A is preferably above 30°C and below 135°C. By using polymer A having a Tg of below 135°C in the photosensitive layer, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of line width coarseness or resolution when the focus position deviates during exposure. From this point of view, it is more preferable that the Tg of polymer A is below 130°C, further preferably below 120°C, and particularly preferably below 110°C. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving edge melting resistance, it is preferable to use polymer A having a Tg of above 30°C. From this point of view, it is more preferable that the Tg of polymer A is above 40°C, further preferably above 50°C, particularly preferably above 60°C, and best above 70°C.

負型感光性層可以含有除鹼可溶性樹脂以外的樹脂。 作為除鹼可溶性樹脂以外的樹脂,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物(其中,苯乙烯含有率為40質量%以上者)、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 The negative photosensitive layer may contain a resin other than an alkali-soluble resin. As the resin other than an alkali-soluble resin, there may be mentioned acrylic resin, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer (wherein the styrene content is 40% by mass or more), polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以單獨使用一種,或者可以混合使用兩種以上。 鹼可溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性層的總質量的比例較佳為10質量%~90質量%的範圍,更佳為30質量%~70質量%,進一步較佳為40質量%~60質量%。從控制顯影時間之觀點而言,將鹼可溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性層的比例設為90質量%以下為較佳。另一方面,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點而言,將鹼可溶性樹脂相對於負型感光性層的比例設為10質量%以上為較佳。 Alkali-soluble resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer is preferably in the range of 10 mass% to 90 mass%, more preferably 30 mass% to 70 mass%, and further preferably 40 mass% to 60 mass%. From the viewpoint of controlling the development time, it is preferred that the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the negative photosensitive layer is 90 mass% or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the edge melting resistance, it is preferred that the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin to the negative photosensitive layer is 10 mass% or more.

《具有未共用電子對之化合物》 從與導電性層的密接性的觀點而言,上述感光性層包含具有未共用電子對之化合物為較佳。 作為具有未共用電子對之化合物,從與導電性層的密接性的觀點而言,至少具有氮原子、氧原子或硫原子之化合物為較佳,雜環式化合物、硫醇化合物或二硫化物化合物為更佳,雜環式化合物為進一步較佳,含氮雜環式化合物為特佳。 再者,從配位性及通電後的導電圖案的尺寸穩定性的觀點而言,含氮雜環式化合物具備具有2個以上的氮原子之雜環為較佳,具備具有3個以上的氮原子之雜環為更佳,具備具有3個或4個氮原子之雜環為特佳。 《Compounds with unshared electron pairs》 From the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductive layer, it is preferred that the photosensitive layer contains a compound with unshared electron pairs. As compounds with unshared electron pairs, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the conductive layer, compounds having at least nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms are preferred, heterocyclic compounds, thiol compounds or disulfide compounds are more preferred, heterocyclic compounds are further preferred, and nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds are particularly preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of coordination and dimensional stability of the conductive pattern after energization, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound preferably has a heterocyclic ring having two or more nitrogen atoms, more preferably has a heterocyclic ring having three or more nitrogen atoms, and particularly preferably has a heterocyclic ring having three or four nitrogen atoms.

雜環式化合物所具有之雜環可以為單環及多環中的任一雜環。 作為雜環式化合物所具有之雜原子,可以舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。雜環式化合物具有選自包括氮原子、氧原子及硫原子之群組中之至少一種原子為較佳,具有氮原子為更佳。 The heterocyclic compound may be a monocyclic or polycyclic heterocyclic compound. As heteroatoms in the heterocyclic compound, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms can be cited. It is preferred that the heterocyclic compound has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms, and it is more preferred that the heterocyclic compound has a nitrogen atom.

作為雜環式化合物,例如可以較佳地舉出三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物或嘧啶化合物。在上述之中,從與導電性層a的密接性的觀點而言,雜環式化合物為選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并㗁唑化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并㗁唑化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳,選自包括三唑化合物及四唑化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為進一步較佳,三唑化合物為特佳。As the heterocyclic compound, for example, a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazole compound, a trioxane compound, a thiodanine compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzimidazole compound, a benzoxazole compound or a pyrimidine compound can be preferably mentioned. Among the above, from the viewpoint of close adhesion with the conductive layer a, the heterocyclic compound is preferably at least one compound selected from the group including triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, trioxane compounds, thiazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds and benzothiazole compounds, more preferably at least one compound selected from the group including triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds and benzothiazole compounds, further preferably at least one compound selected from the group including triazole compounds and tetrazole compounds, and triazole compounds are particularly preferred.

以下示出雜環式化合物的較佳具體例。作為三唑化合物及苯并三唑化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。Preferred specific examples of the heterocyclic compound are shown below. As the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式2] [Chemical formula 2]

[化學式3] [Chemical formula 3]

作為四唑化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the tetrazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式4] [Chemical formula 4]

[化學式5] [Chemical formula 5]

作為噻二唑化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the thiadiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式6] [Chemical formula 6]

作為三𠯤化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the tribasic compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式7] [Chemical formula 7]

作為繞丹寧化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the peridotanninine compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式8] [Chemical formula 8]

作為噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the thiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式9] [Chemical formula 9]

作為苯并噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the benzothiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式10] [Chemical formula 10]

作為苯并咪唑化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the benzimidazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式11] [Chemical formula 11]

[化學式12] [Chemical formula 12]

作為苯并㗁唑化合物,能夠例示出以下的化合物。As the benzoxazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式13] [Chemical formula 13]

作為含硫化合物,可以較佳地舉出硫醇化合物及二硫化物化合物。 作為硫醇化合物,可以較佳地舉出脂肪族硫醇化合物。 作為脂肪族硫醇化合物,可以較佳地使用單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物或多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物(亦即,2官能以上的脂肪族硫醇化合物)。 作為多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如可以舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁醯氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、三羥甲基乙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、三[(3-巰基丙醯氧基)乙基]異氰脲酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、四乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、二新戊四醇六(3-巰基丙酸酯)、乙二醇雙硫代丙酸酯、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、1,2-乙二硫醇、1,3-丙二硫醇、1,6-六亞甲基二硫醇、2,2’-(伸乙基二硫代)二乙硫醇、內消旋(meso)-2,3-二巰基琥珀酸及二(巰基乙基)醚。 作為單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如可以舉出1-辛硫醇、1-十二烷硫醇、β-巰基丙酸、甲基-3-巰基丙酸酯、2-乙基己基-3-巰基丙酸酯、正辛基-3-巰基丙酸酯、甲氧基丁基-3-巰基丙酸酯及硬脂基-3-巰基丙酸酯。 As the sulfur-containing compound, thiol compounds and disulfide compounds can be preferably cited. As the thiol compound, aliphatic thiol compounds can be preferably cited. As the aliphatic thiol compound, monofunctional aliphatic thiol compounds or polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds (that is, aliphatic thiol compounds with two or more functionalities) can be preferably used. Examples of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound include trihydroxymethylpropane tris(3-butylbutyrate), 1,4-bis(3-butylbutyryloxy)butane, pentaerythritol tetra(3-butylbutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-butylbutyryloxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris(3-butylbutyryloxyethyl)-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, trihydroxymethylethane tris(3-butylbutyrate), tris[(3-butylpropionyloxy)ethyl]isocyanurate, trihydroxymethylpropane Tris(3-butyl propionate), pentaerythritol tetra(3-butyl propionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-butyl propionate), dipentaerythritol hexa(3-butyl propionate), ethylene glycol bis(thiopropionate), 1,4-bis(3-butylbutyryloxy)butane, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, 1,6-hexamethylenedithiol, 2,2'-(ethylenedithio)diethanethiol, meso-2,3-dibutylsuccinic acid and di(butylethyl) ether. Examples of monofunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, β-butylpropionic acid, methyl-3-butylpropionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-butylpropionate, n-octyl-3-butylpropionate, methoxybutyl-3-butylpropionate, and stearyl-3-butylpropionate.

作為二硫化物化合物,可以舉出2-(4’-口末啉基二硫代)苯并噻唑、2,2’-苯并噻唑基二硫化物、雙(2-苯并醯胺基苯基)二硫化物、1,1-硫代雙(2-萘酚)、雙(2,4,5-三氯苯基)二硫化物、4,4’-二硫代口末啉、四乙基秋蘭姆二硫化物、二苄基二硫化物、雙(2,4-二硝基苯基)二硫化物、4,4’-二胺基二苯基二硫化物、二烯丙基二硫化物、二-三級丁基二硫化物、雙(6-羥基-2-萘基)二硫化物、二環己基二硫化物、鄰異丁醯硫胺二硫化物、二苯基二硫化物。Examples of the disulfide compounds include 2-(4'-benzothiazolyl disulfide)benzothiazole, 2,2'-benzothiazolyl disulfide, bis(2-benzoamidophenyl) disulfide, 1,1-thiobis(2-naphthol), bis(2,4,5-trichlorophenyl) disulfide, 4,4'-dithiobenzothiazolyl disulfide, tetraethylthiuram disulfide, dibenzyl disulfide, bis(2,4-dinitrophenyl) disulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl disulfide, diallyl disulfide, di-tert-butyl disulfide, bis(6-hydroxy-2-naphthyl) disulfide, dicyclohexyl disulfide, o-isobutylthiamine disulfide, and diphenyl disulfide.

又,從與導電性層的密接性的觀點而言,具有未共用電子對之化合物的分子量未達1,000為較佳,50~500為更佳,50~200為進一步較佳,50~150為特佳。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of adhesion with the conductive layer, the molecular weight of the compound having an unshared electron pair is preferably less than 1,000, more preferably 50 to 500, further preferably 50 to 200, and particularly preferably 50 to 150.

感光性層可以單獨含有一種具有未共用電子對之化合物,亦可以含有兩種以上。 從與導電性層的密接性的觀點而言,具有未共用電子對之化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01質量%~20質量%為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.3質量%~8質量%為進一步較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為特佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain one compound having an unshared electron pair alone, or may contain two or more compounds. From the viewpoint of adhesion with the conductive layer, the content of the compound having an unshared electron pair is preferably 0.01 mass% to 20 mass% relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, more preferably 0.1 mass% to 10 mass%, further preferably 0.3 mass% to 8 mass%, and particularly preferably 0.5 mass% to 5 mass%.

《色素》 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,感光性層含有色素為較佳,含有顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的最大吸收波長為450nm以上且最大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(亦簡稱為“色素N”。)為更佳。 若感光性層含有色素N,則詳細機制尚不清楚,但鄰接之層(例如,偽支撐體及基材)與感光性層的密接性提高,解析性更優異。 《Pigment》 From the perspective of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed parts, visibility of the pattern after development, and resolution, it is better for the photosensitive layer to contain a pigment, and it is more preferable to contain a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is 450nm or more in the wavelength range of 400nm to 780nm during color development and whose maximum absorption wavelength changes by acid, alkali, or free radicals (also referred to as "pigment N" for short). If the photosensitive layer contains pigment N, the detailed mechanism is not clear, but the adhesion between the adjacent layers (e.g., pseudo-support and substrate) and the photosensitive layer is improved, and the resolution is better.

在本說明書中,色素的“最大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化”可以指處於顯色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態之色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及處於顯色狀態之色素變為其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一態樣。 具體而言,色素N可以為藉由曝光從脫色狀態發生變化而顯色之化合物,亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態發生變化而脫色之化合物。在該情況下,可以為藉由曝光在感光性層內產生酸、鹼或自由基且該等發揮作用從而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素,亦可以為感光性層內的狀態(例如,pH)藉由酸、鹼或自由基發生變化而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。又,亦可以為不經由曝光而直接受到酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而顯色或脫色的狀態發生變化之色素。 In this specification, "the maximum absorption wavelength of a pigment changes due to acid, alkali or free radicals" may refer to any of the following: a pigment in a coloring state decolorizes due to acid, alkali or free radicals, a pigment in a decolorizing state develops color due to acid, alkali or free radicals, and a pigment in a coloring state changes to a coloring state of another hue. Specifically, the pigment N may be a compound that changes from a decolorizing state to a coloring state due to exposure, or may be a compound that changes from a coloring state to a decoloring state due to exposure. In this case, the dye may be a dye that generates acid, alkali or free radicals in the photosensitive layer by exposure and changes the state of coloring or decoloring by the action of these dyes, or a dye that changes the state (e.g., pH) in the photosensitive layer by acid, alkali or free radicals. In addition, the dye may be a dye that changes the state of coloring or decoloring by being directly stimulated by acid, alkali or free radicals without exposure.

其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為最大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,最大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為更佳。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,感光性層含有最大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素作為色素N及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N為藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。 Among them, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed and non-exposed parts, it is preferable that the dye N is a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength changes by acid or free radicals, and it is more preferable that the dye whose maximum absorption wavelength changes by free radicals. From the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed and non-exposed parts, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength changes by free radicals as the dye N and a photoradical polymerization initiator. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed parts, it is preferable that the dye N is a dye that develops color by acid, alkali or free radicals.

作為本揭示中的色素N的顯色機構的例子,可以舉出自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如,無色色素)藉由向感光性層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑並進行曝光之後由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而顯色之態樣。As an example of the coloring mechanism of the dye N in the present disclosure, a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye or an alkali-reactive dye (for example, a colorless dye) can be cited in which a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photoalkali generator is added to a photosensitive layer and then exposed to light, and then the free radicals, acid or base generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator, the photocationic polymerization initiator or the photoalkali generator develop color.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素N的顯色時的波長範圍400nm~780nm中的最大吸收波長為550nm以上為較佳,550nm~700nm為更佳,550nm~650nm為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed parts, the maximum absorption wavelength of the dye N during color development in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm is preferably 550 nm or more, more preferably 550 nm to 700 nm, and even more preferably 550 nm to 650 nm.

色素N的最大吸收波長藉由在大氣環境下使用分光光度計:UV3100(Shimadzu Corporation製造)在400nm~780nm的範圍內測量含有色素N之溶液(液溫25℃)的透射光譜並檢測在上述波長範圍內光的強度成為最小之波長(最大吸收波長)而得到。The maximum absorption wavelength of the pigment N is obtained by measuring the transmission spectrum of a solution containing pigment N (liquid temperature 25°C) in the range of 400nm to 780nm in an atmospheric environment using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) and detecting the wavelength (maximum absorption wavelength) at which the intensity of light in the above wavelength range becomes the minimum.

作為藉由曝光而顯色或脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物。 作為藉由曝光而脫色之色素,例如可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、㗁𠯤系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。 作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,無色化合物為較佳。 As a dye that develops or fades by exposure, for example, a colorless compound can be cited. As a dye that fades by exposure, for example, a colorless compound, a diarylmethane-based dye, a thiocyanate-based dye, a galaxy-based dye, an imino-naphthoquinone-based dye, an azomethine-based dye, and an anthraquinone-based dye can be cited. As the dye N, a colorless compound is preferred from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.

作為無色化合物,例如可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺吡喃骨架之無色化合物(螺吡喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有無色金黃胺骨架之無色化合物(無色金黃胺系色素)。 其中,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。 As colorless compounds, for example, colorless compounds having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane pigments), colorless compounds having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropyran pigments), colorless compounds having a fluorescent yellow matrix skeleton (fluorescent yellow matrix pigments), colorless compounds having a diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane pigments), colorless compounds having a rhodamine lactamide skeleton (rhodamine lactamide pigments), colorless compounds having an indolylphthalide skeleton (indolylphthalide pigments), and colorless compounds having a colorless golden amine skeleton (colorless golden amine pigments) can be cited. Among them, triarylmethane pigments or fluorescent yellow matrix pigments are preferred, and colorless compounds having a triphenylmethane skeleton (triphenylmethane pigments) or fluorescent yellow matrix pigments are more preferred.

作為無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環(sultine ring)或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應使無色化合物變為閉環狀態而使其脫色,或者使無色化合物變為開環狀態而使其顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環且內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環且內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the colorless compound preferably has a lactone ring, a sultine ring or a sultone ring. In this way, the lactone ring, the sultine ring or the sultone ring of the colorless compound can react with the radical generated by the photo-radical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photo-cationic polymerization initiator to change the colorless compound into a closed ring state and decolorize it, or change the colorless compound into an open ring state and develop color. As the colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, a sulphenone ring or a sultone ring which develops color by free radical or acid ring opening is preferred, and a compound having a lactone ring which develops color by free radical or acid ring opening is more preferred.

作為色素N,例如可以舉出以下的染料及無色化合物。 在色素N之中,作為染料的具體例,可以舉出亮綠(brilliant green)、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅(basic fuchsine)、甲基紫2B、喹納啶紅(quinaldine red)、孟加拉玫瑰紅(rose bengal)、米塔尼爾黃(metanil yellow)、百里酚磺酞(thymol sulfonphthalein)、二甲酚(xylenol)藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯并紅紫素(benzopurpurine)4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍(nile blue)2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠(malachite green)、副品紅(parafuchsin)、維多利亞純藍(victoria pure blue)-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉紅#312(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅(oil scarlet)#308(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、史必隆紅(spilon red)BEH特殊(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺酸基羅丹明B、金黃胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂基胺基-4-對-N,N-雙(羥基乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮及1-β-萘基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮。 As pigment N, for example, the following dyes and colorless compounds can be cited. Specific examples of dyes in the pigment N include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsine, methyl violet 2B, quinaldine red, rose bengal, metanil yellow, thymol sulfonphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red, Congo red, benzopurpurine 4B, α-naphthyl red, nile blue 2B, nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, parafuchsin, Victoria pure blue-naphthalenesulfonate, Victoria pure blue BOH (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), oil blue #603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and so on. Co., Ltd.), Oil Pink #312 (Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Scarlet #308 (Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Red OG (Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Red RR (Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Oil Green #502 (Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), Spilon Red BEH Special (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-cresol purple, cresol red, rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, sulfonate rhodamine B, aureamine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.

在色素N之中,作為無色化合物的具體例,可以舉出p,p’,p”-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(BASF公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲基胺基苯基)-6-二甲基胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-氮雜酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Among the pigments N, specific examples of colorless compounds include p,p',p"-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by BASF), crystal violet lactone, malachite green lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)amino fluorescent yellow matrix, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-toluinyl) fluorescent yellow matrix, 3,6-dimethoxy fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino) fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl-7 -aniline fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-aniline fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-sulphoamino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-amino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-amino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroaniline) fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluorescent yellow matrix, -(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylamino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-sulphoamino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3-pyrrolidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow matrix, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalolide, 3,3-Bis(1-n-butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-Bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3-(4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-azaphthalide, 3-(4-diethylaminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3',6'-bis(diphenylamino)spiroisobenzofuran-1(3H),9'-[9H]-o-yamatocin-3-one.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素N為最大吸收波長藉由自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。 作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。 From the perspective of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed parts, and visibility and resolution of the pattern after development, it is preferred that the pigment N is a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to free radicals, and it is more preferred that the pigment develops color due to free radicals. As the pigment N, colorless crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria blue-naphthalenesulfonate is preferred.

色素可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性以及解析性的觀點而言,色素N的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。 The pigment may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed parts, and the visibility and resolution of the pattern after development, the content of the pigment is preferably 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass is more preferred, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferred, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed parts, and the visibility and resolution of the pattern after development, the content of the pigment N is preferably 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass is more preferred, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferred, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly preferred.

色素N的含量係指使感光性層中所包含之所有色素N成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。 製備在甲基乙基酮100mL中溶解色素0.001g或0.01g而成之兩種溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑Irgacure OXE01(商品名,BASF Japan Ltd.),並照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基,使所有色素成為顯色狀態。然後,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation製造)測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。 接著,代替色素而將感光性層3g溶解於甲基乙基酮中,除此以外,利用與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。根據所得到之含有感光性層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出感光性層中所包含之色素的含量。 The content of pigment N refers to the content of pigment when all pigment N contained in the photosensitive layer is in a colored state. The following is an example of a pigment that develops color by free radicals to explain the quantitative method of the content of pigment N. Two solutions were prepared by dissolving 0.001g or 0.01g of pigment in 100mL of methyl ethyl ketone. Photoradical polymerization initiator Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and irradiated with 365nm light to generate free radicals, so that all pigments are in a colored state. Then, in an atmospheric environment, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25°C was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve was prepared. Next, 3 g of the photosensitive layer was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the pigment, and the absorbance of the solution in which the pigment was fully colored was measured using the same method as above. Based on the absorbance of the solution containing the photosensitive layer obtained, the content of the pigment contained in the photosensitive layer was calculated according to the calibration curve.

《熱交聯性化合物》 從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏著性的觀點而言,感光性層包含熱交聯性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,後述之具有乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不作為聚合性化合物而處理,而作為熱交聯性化合物進行處理。 作為熱交聯性化合物,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及封端(block)異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所得到之硬化膜的強度及所得到之未硬化膜的黏著性的觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。 封端異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基進行反應,因此例如當樹脂及/或聚合性化合物等具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者時,所形成之膜的親水性下降,從而將使感光性層硬化而成之膜用作保護膜時的功能趨於增強。 另外,封端異氰酸酯化合物係指“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮蔽(mask))了異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。 《Thermal crosslinking compound》 From the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesion of the obtained uncured film, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a thermal crosslinking compound. In addition, in this specification, the thermal crosslinking compound having an ethylenic unsaturated group described later is not treated as a polymerizable compound, but as a thermal crosslinking compound. As thermal crosslinking compounds, hydroxymethyl compounds and blocked isocyanate compounds can be cited. Among them, blocked isocyanate compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesion of the obtained uncured film. Blocked isocyanate compounds react with hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups, so when, for example, a resin and/or polymerizable compound has at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film decreases, thereby increasing the function of the film formed by curing the photosensitive layer as a protective film. In addition, a blocked isocyanate compound refers to a "compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) by a blocking agent."

封端異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並不受特別限制,但100℃~160℃為較佳,130℃~150℃為更佳。 封端異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指“使用示差掃描熱量計並藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描熱量法)分析而測量時的伴隨封端異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。 作為示差掃描熱量計,例如能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量計(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量計並不限定於此。 The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100°C to 160°C, and more preferably 130°C to 150°C. The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate refers to "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter." As a differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited thereto.

作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物〔丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯、丙二酸二正丁酯、丙二酸二2-乙基己酯等)〕、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、丙酮肟、甲基乙基酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有-C(=N-OH)-所表示之結構之化合物)。 在該等之中,作為解離溫度為100℃~160℃的封端劑,例如從保存穩定性的觀點而言,包含肟化合物為較佳。 As the end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100°C to 160°C, there can be cited active methylene compounds [malonic acid diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, di-2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.)], oxime compounds (formaldehyde oxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, etc., compounds having a structure represented by -C (=N-OH)- in the molecule). Among them, as the end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100°C to 160°C, for example, from the viewpoint of storage stability, it is preferable to include oxime compounds.

例如,從改良膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等觀點而言,封端異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物例如藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化以對其加以保護而得到。 在具有異氰脲酸酯結構之封端異氰酸酯化合物之中,從與不具有肟結構之化合物相比,容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍內,且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點而言,具有將肟化合物用作封端劑之肟結構之化合物為較佳。 For example, from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the film and improving the adhesion to the transfer body, the blocked isocyanate compound preferably has an isocyanurate structure. The blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure is obtained, for example, by isocyanuricating hexamethylene diisocyanate to protect it. Among the blocked isocyanurate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, the compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is preferred from the viewpoint that the dissociation temperature is easily set within a preferred range compared to the compound without an oxime structure and the development residue is easily reduced.

封端異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。 作為聚合性基,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基及苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及環氧丙基等具有環氧基之基。 其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a known polymerizable group can be used, and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. As the polymerizable group, ethylenically unsaturated groups such as (meth)acryloxy, (meth)acrylamide, and styrene groups, and groups having epoxy groups such as glyoxypropyl groups can be cited. Among them, as the polymerizable group, ethylenically unsaturated groups are preferred, (meth)acryloxy groups are more preferred, and acryloxy groups are further preferred.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。 作為封端異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標) AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標) MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標) MOI-BP等(以上為SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、封端型的Duranate系列(例如,Duranate(註冊商標) TPA-B80E、Duranate(註冊商標) WT32-B75P等,Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation製造)。 又,作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,亦能夠使用下述的結構的化合物。 As the blocked isocyanate compound, a commercial product can be used. Examples of commercial products of the blocked isocyanate compound include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.), and blocked Duranate series (for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation). In addition, as the blocked isocyanate compound, a compound having the following structure can also be used.

[化學式14] [Chemical formula 14]

熱交聯性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 當感光性層包含熱交聯性化合物時,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為1質量%~50質量%為較佳,5質量%~30質量%為更佳。 The thermally crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the photosensitive layer contains the thermally crosslinkable compound, the content of the thermally crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% to 50% by mass, and more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

《具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物》 正型感光性層包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元(以下,有時稱為“構成單元A”。)之聚合物(以下,有時稱為“聚合物X”。)為較佳。正型感光性層可以包含單獨一種聚合物X,亦可以包含兩種以上的聚合物X。 《Polymer having a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-degradable group》 The positive photosensitive layer preferably contains a polymer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "polymer X") having a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-degradable group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "constituent unit A"). The positive photosensitive layer may contain a single polymer X or two or more polymers X.

在聚合物X中,被酸分解性基保護之酸基藉由由曝光產生之觸媒量的酸性物質(例如,酸)的作用而經過脫保護反應轉化為酸基。藉由在聚合物X中產生酸基,正型感光性層對顯影液的溶解性增大。In polymer X, the acid groups protected by the acid-decomposable groups are converted into acid groups through a deprotection reaction by the action of a catalytic amount of an acidic substance (e.g., an acid) generated by exposure. By generating acid groups in polymer X, the solubility of the positive photosensitive layer in the developer solution increases.

聚合物X為加成聚合型的聚合物為較佳,具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸或其酯之構成單元之聚合物為更佳。The polymer X is preferably an addition polymerization type polymer, and more preferably a polymer having a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid or its ester.

-具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元- 聚合物X具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元(構成單元A)為較佳。藉由聚合物X具有構成單元A,能夠提高正型感光性層的靈敏度。 - Constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-degradable group- It is preferable that the polymer X has a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-degradable group (constituent unit A). When the polymer X has constituent unit A, the sensitivity of the positive photosensitive layer can be improved.

作為酸基,並不受限制,能夠利用公知的酸基。酸基為羧基或酚性羥基為較佳。The acid group is not limited, and a known acid group can be used. The acid group is preferably a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group.

作為酸分解性基,例如可以舉出藉由酸比較容易分解之基及藉由酸比較難以分解之基。作為藉由酸比較容易分解之基,例如可以舉出縮醛型保護基(例如,1-烷氧基烷基、四氫哌喃基及四氫呋喃基)。作為藉由酸比較難以分解之基,例如可以舉出三級烷基(例如,三級丁基)及三級烷氧基羰基(例如,三級丁氧基羰基)。在上述之中,酸分解性基為縮醛型保護基為較佳。As the acid-decomposable group, for example, a group that is relatively easy to decompose by acid and a group that is relatively difficult to decompose by acid can be cited. As the group that is relatively easy to decompose by acid, for example, an acetal type protecting group (for example, 1-alkoxyalkyl, tetrahydropyranyl and tetrahydrofuranyl) can be cited. As the group that is relatively difficult to decompose by acid, for example, a tertiary alkyl (for example, tertiary butyl) and a tertiary alkoxycarbonyl (for example, tertiary butoxycarbonyl) can be cited. Among the above, it is preferred that the acid-decomposable group is an acetal type protecting group.

從抑制樹脂圖案的線寬的偏差之觀點而言,酸分解性基的分子量為300以下為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing the variation in line width of the resin pattern, the molecular weight of the acid-decomposable group is preferably 300 or less.

從靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,構成單元A為由以下的式A1表示之構成單元、由式A2表示之構成單元或由式A3表示之構成單元為較佳,由式A3表示之構成單元為更佳。式A3所表示之構成單元為具有被縮醛型酸分解性基保護之羧基之構成單元。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the constituent unit A is preferably a constituent unit represented by the following formula A1, a constituent unit represented by the following formula A2, or a constituent unit represented by the following formula A3, and a constituent unit represented by the following formula A3 is more preferred. The constituent unit represented by the following formula A3 is a constituent unit having a carboxyl group protected by an acetal-type acid-decomposable group.

[化學式15] [Chemical formula 15]

式A1中,R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 11及R 12中的至少一者為烷基或芳基,R 13表示烷基或芳基,R 11或R 12與R 13可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 14表示氫原子或甲基,X 1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,R 15表示取代基,n表示0~4的整數。 In formula A1, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 11 and R 12 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 13 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 11 or R 12 and R 13 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 15 represents a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0 to 4.

式A2中,R 21及R 22分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 21及R 22中的至少一者為烷基或芳基,R 23表示烷基或芳基,R 21或R 22與R 23可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 24分別獨立地表示羥基、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基羰基、羥基烷基、芳基羰基、芳氧基羰基或環烷基,m表示0~3的整數。 In formula A2, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 23 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 21 or R 22 and R 23 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 24 each independently represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and m represents an integer of 0 to 3.

式A3中,R 31及R 32分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R 31及R 32中的至少一者為烷基或芳基,R 33表示烷基或芳基,R 31或R 32與R 33可以連結而形成環狀醚,R 34表示氫原子或甲基,X 0表示單鍵或伸芳基。 In formula A3, R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, at least one of R 31 and R 32 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 33 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 31 or R 32 and R 33 may be linked to form a cyclic ether, R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 0 represents a single bond or an aryl group.

式A3中,當R 31或R 32為烷基時,碳數為1~10的烷基為較佳。 式A3中,當R 31或R 32為芳基時,苯基為較佳。 式A3中,R 31及R 32分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基為較佳。 式A3中,R 33為碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。 式A3中,R 31~R 33所表示之烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。 式A3中,R 31或R 32與R 33連結而形成環狀醚為較佳。上述環狀醚的環員數為5或6為較佳,5為更佳。 式A3中,X 0為單鍵為較佳。伸芳基可以具有取代基。 式A3中,從能夠進一步降低聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)之觀點而言,R 34為氫原子為較佳。 In formula A3, when R 31 or R 32 is an alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred. In formula A3, when R 31 or R 32 is an aryl group, a phenyl group is preferred. In formula A3, R 31 and R 32 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which is preferred. In formula A3, R 33 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which is preferred. In formula A3, the alkyl and aryl groups represented by R 31 to R 33 may have a substituent. In formula A3, R 31 or R 32 is preferably linked to R 33 to form a cyclic ether. The number of ring members of the cyclic ether is preferably 5 or 6, and more preferably 5. In formula A3, X 0 is preferably a single bond. The arylene group may have a substituent. In Formula A3, from the viewpoint of being able to further lower the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer X, it is preferred that R 34 is a hydrogen atom.

式A3中的R 34為氫原子的構成單元的含量相對於聚合物X中所包含之構成單元A的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳。構成單元A中的式A3中的R 34為氫原子的構成單元的含量能夠利用依據 13C-核磁共振光譜(NMR)測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the constituent unit in which R 34 in formula A3 is a hydrogen atom is preferably 20 mass % or more relative to the total mass of the constituent units A contained in the polymer X. The content of the constituent unit in which R 34 in formula A3 is a hydrogen atom in the constituent unit A can be confirmed by using the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by a conventional method based on 13 C-nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR) measurement.

作為式A1~式A3的較佳態樣,能夠參照國際公開第2018/179640號的0044段落~0058段落。As preferred embodiments of Formulas A1 to A3, reference may be made to paragraphs 0044 to 0058 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

式A1~式A3中,從靈敏度的觀點而言,酸分解性基為具有環狀結構之基為較佳,具有四氫呋喃環結構或四氫吡喃環結構之基為更佳,具有四氫呋喃環結構之基為進一步較佳,四氫呋喃基為特佳。In Formulae A1 to A3, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the acid-decomposable group is preferably a group having a ring structure, more preferably a group having a tetrahydrofuran ring structure or a tetrahydropyran ring structure, further preferably a group having a tetrahydrofuran ring structure, and particularly preferably a tetrahydrofuran group.

聚合物X可以具有單獨一種構成單元A,亦可以具有兩種以上的構成單元A。The polymer X may have a single type of constituent unit A, or may have two or more types of constituent units A.

構成單元A的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,15質量%~50質量%為更佳,20質量%~40質量%為特佳。藉由構成單元A的含量在上述範圍內,解析度進一步提高。當聚合物X包含兩種以上的構成單元A時,上述構成單元A的含量表示兩種以上的構成單元A的總含量。構成單元A的含量能夠利用依據 13C-NMR測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the constituent unit A is preferably 10 mass % to 70 mass % relative to the total mass of the polymer X, more preferably 15 mass % to 50 mass % and particularly preferably 20 mass % to 40 mass %. When the content of the constituent unit A is within the above range, the resolution is further improved. When the polymer X contains two or more constituent units A, the content of the constituent unit A above represents the total content of the two or more constituent units A. The content of the constituent unit A can be confirmed by using the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by the conventional method based on 13 C-NMR measurement.

-具有酸基之構成單元- 聚合物X可以具備具有酸基之構成單元(以下,亦稱為“構成單元B”。)。 - Constituent unit having an acid group- Polymer X may have a constituent unit having an acid group (hereinafter, also referred to as "constituent unit B").

構成單元B為具有未被酸分解性基保護之酸基亦即不具備保護基之酸基之構成單元。藉由聚合物X具有構成單元B,圖案形成時的靈敏度變得良好。又,由於在曝光後的顯影步驟中容易溶解於鹼性顯影液中,因此能夠實現顯影時間的縮短化。The constituent unit B is a constituent unit having an acid group that is not protected by an acid-decomposable group, i.e., an acid group that does not have a protecting group. The polymer X having the constituent unit B improves the sensitivity during pattern formation. In addition, since it is easily dissolved in an alkaline developer in the development step after exposure, the development time can be shortened.

構成單元B中的酸基係指pKa為12以下的質子解離性基。從提高靈敏度之觀點而言,酸基的pKa為10以下為較佳,6以下為更佳。又,酸基的pKa為-5以上為較佳。The acid group in the structural unit B is a proton dissociative group having a pKa of 12 or less. From the viewpoint of improving sensitivity, the pKa of the acid group is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less. Furthermore, the pKa of the acid group is preferably -5 or more.

作為酸基,例如可以舉出羧基、磺醯胺基、膦酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基及磺醯基醯亞胺基。酸基為羧基或酚性羥基為較佳,羧基為更佳。Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamide group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a sulfonyl acylimide group. The acid group is preferably a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, and more preferably a carboxyl group.

聚合物X可以具有單獨一種構成單元B,亦可以具有兩種以上的構成單元B。The polymer X may have a single constituent unit B, or may have two or more constituent units B.

構成單元B的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為0.01質量%~20質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為特佳。藉由構成單元B的含量在上述範圍內,解析性變得更良好。當聚合物X具有兩種以上的構成單元B時,上述構成單元B的含量表示兩種以上的構成單元B的總含量。構成單元B的含量能夠利用依據 13C-NMR測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the constituent unit B is preferably 0.01 mass % to 20 mass % relative to the total mass of the polymer X, more preferably 0.01 mass % to 10 mass % and particularly preferably 0.1 mass % to 5 mass %. When the content of the constituent unit B is within the above range, the resolvability becomes better. When the polymer X has two or more constituent units B, the content of the constituent unit B above represents the total content of the two or more constituent units B. The content of the constituent unit B can be confirmed by using the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by a conventional method based on 13 C-NMR measurement.

-其他構成單元- 聚合物X具有除已敘述的構成單元A及構成單元B以外的其他構成單元(以下,有時稱為“構成單元C”。)為較佳。藉由調整構成單元C的種類及含量中的至少一者,能夠調整聚合物X的諸多特性。藉由聚合物X具有構成單元C,能夠輕易調整聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度、酸值及親疏水性。 -Other constituent units- It is preferable that polymer X has other constituent units (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "constituent unit C") other than the constituent units A and B described above. By adjusting at least one of the type and content of constituent unit C, many properties of polymer X can be adjusted. By having constituent unit C in polymer X, the glass transition temperature, acid value and hydrophilicity of polymer X can be easily adjusted.

作為形成構成單元C之單體,例如可以舉出苯乙烯類、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環狀烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、不飽和二羧酸二酯、雙環不飽和化合物、順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物、不飽和芳香族化合物、共軛二烯系化合物、不飽和單羧酸、不飽和二羧酸及不飽和二羧酸酐。Examples of the monomer forming the constituent unit C include styrenes, alkyl (meth)acrylates, cyclic alkyl (meth)acrylates, aryl (meth)acrylates, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters, bicyclic unsaturated compounds, succinimidyl compounds, unsaturated aromatic compounds, conjugated diene compounds, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids, unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, and unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydrides.

從與基板的密接性的觀點而言,形成構成單元C之單體為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為較佳,具有碳數4~12的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為更佳。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯。From the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate, the monomer forming the constituent unit C is preferably an alkyl (meth)acrylate, and more preferably an alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate.

作為構成單元C,可以舉出來自於苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、乙氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯、乙烯基苯甲酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、丙烯腈或乙二醇單乙醯乙酸酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元。作為構成單元C,還可以舉出來自於日本特開2004-264623號公報的0021段落~0024段落中所記載之化合物之構成單元。As the constituent unit C, there can be cited a constituent unit derived from styrene, α-methylstyrene, acetoxystyrene, methoxystyrene, ethoxystyrene, chlorostyrene, methyl vinyl benzoate, ethyl vinyl benzoate, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isoborneol (meth)acrylate, acrylonitrile or ethylene glycol monoacetyl acetate mono(meth)acrylate. As the constitutional unit C, there can be cited constitutional units derived from compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0024 of JP-A-2004-264623.

從解析性的觀點而言,構成單元C包含具有鹼性基之構成單元為較佳。作為鹼性基,例如可以舉出具有氮原子之基。作為具有氮原子之基,例如可以舉出脂肪族胺基、芳香族胺基及含氮雜芳香環基。鹼性基為脂肪族胺基為較佳。From the viewpoint of analytical properties, it is preferred that the constituent unit C includes a constituent unit having a basic group. Examples of the basic group include a group having a nitrogen atom. Examples of the group having a nitrogen atom include an aliphatic amine group, an aromatic amine group, and a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring group. The basic group is preferably an aliphatic amine group.

作為脂肪族胺基,可以為一級胺基、二級胺基及三級胺基中的任一者,但從解析性的觀點而言,二級胺基或三級胺基為較佳。The aliphatic amine group may be any of a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, and a tertiary amine group, but from the viewpoint of analytical properties, a secondary amine group or a tertiary amine group is preferred.

作為形成具有鹼性基之構成單元之單體,例如可以舉出甲基丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯、甲基丙烯酸2-(二甲基胺基)乙酯、丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯、甲基丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯、丙烯酸2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯、甲基丙烯酸2-(二乙基胺基)乙酯、丙烯酸2-(二甲基胺基)乙酯、丙烯酸2-(二乙基胺基)乙酯、甲基丙烯酸N-(3-二甲基胺基)丙酯、丙烯酸N-(3-二甲基胺基)丙酯、甲基丙烯酸N-(3-二乙基胺基)丙酯、丙烯酸N-(3-二乙基胺基)丙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-(二異丙基胺基)乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-口末啉基乙酯、丙烯酸2-口末啉基乙酯、N-[3-(二甲基胺基)丙基]丙烯醯胺、4-胺基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基吡啶、2-乙烯基吡啶、3-乙烯基吡啶、1-乙烯基咪唑、2-甲基-1-乙烯基咪唑、1-烯丙基咪唑及1-乙烯基-1,2,4-三唑。在上述之中,甲基丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯為較佳。Examples of monomers that form a structural unit having a basic group include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl acrylate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl acrylate, 2-(diethylamino)ethyl methacrylate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl acrylate, 2-(diethylamino)ethyl acrylate, N-(3-dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate, Ester, N-(3-dimethylamino)propyl acrylate, N-(3-diethylamino)propyl methacrylate, N-(3-diethylamino)propyl acrylate, 2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl methacrylate, 2-ortho-ortho-ortho-ethyl methacrylate, 2-ortho-ortho-ortho-ethyl acrylate, N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]acrylamide, 4-aminostyrene, 4-vinylpyridine, 2-vinylpyridine, 3-vinylpyridine, 1-vinylimidazole, 2-methyl-1-vinylimidazole, 1-allylimidazole and 1-vinyl-1,2,4-triazole. Among the above, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate is preferred.

又,作為構成單元C,從提高電特性之觀點而言,具有芳香環之構成單元或具有脂肪族環式骨架之構成單元為較佳。作為形成該等構成單元之單體,例如可以舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯。在上述之中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯為較佳。Furthermore, as the constituent unit C, from the viewpoint of improving electrical characteristics, a constituent unit having an aromatic ring or a constituent unit having an aliphatic cyclic skeleton is preferred. Examples of monomers forming these constituent units include styrene, α-methylstyrene, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isoborneol (meth)acrylate, and benzyl (meth)acrylate. Among the above, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate is preferred.

聚合物X可以具有單獨一種構成單元C,亦可以具有兩種以上的構成單元C。The polymer X may have a single type of constituent unit C, or may have two or more types of constituent units C.

構成單元C的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為90質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳,80質量%以下為特佳。構成單元C的含量相對於聚合物X的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。藉由構成單元C的含量在上述範圍內,解析度及與基板的密接性進一步提高。當聚合物X具有兩種以上的構成單元C時,上述構成單元C的含量表示兩種以上的構成單元C的總含量。構成單元C的含量能夠利用依據 13C-NMR測量藉由常規方法計算出之峰值強度的強度比來確認。 The content of the constituent unit C is preferably 90 mass % or less, 85 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 80 mass % or less relative to the total mass of the polymer X. The content of the constituent unit C is preferably 10 mass % or more, and 20 mass % or more relative to the total mass of the polymer X. When the content of the constituent unit C is within the above range, the resolution and the adhesion to the substrate are further improved. When the polymer X has two or more constituent units C, the above content of the constituent unit C represents the total content of the two or more constituent units C. The content of the constituent unit C can be confirmed by the intensity ratio of the peak intensity calculated by the conventional method based on 13 C-NMR measurement.

以下示出聚合物X的較佳例。但是,聚合物X並不限於以下的例示。另外,為了得到較佳的物性,可以分別適當選擇下述所示之聚合物X中的各構成單元的比率及重量平均分子量。Preferred examples of polymer X are shown below. However, polymer X is not limited to the following examples. In order to obtain better physical properties, the ratio and weight average molecular weight of each constituent unit in the polymer X shown below can be appropriately selected.

[化學式16] [Chemical formula 16]

-玻璃轉移溫度- 聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為90℃以下為較佳,20℃~60℃為更佳,30℃~50℃為特佳。當正型感光性層使用後述之轉印材料來形成時,藉由聚合物X的玻璃轉移溫度在上述範圍內,能夠提高正型感光性層的轉印性。 -Glass transition temperature- The glass transition temperature (Tg) of polymer X is preferably below 90°C, more preferably 20°C to 60°C, and particularly preferably 30°C to 50°C. When the positive photosensitive layer is formed using the transfer material described later, the transferability of the positive photosensitive layer can be improved by the glass transition temperature of polymer X being within the above range.

作為將聚合物X的Tg調整在上述範圍內之方法,例如可以舉出使用FOX式之方法。依據FOX式,例如能夠依據目標聚合物X中的各構成單元的均聚物的Tg及各構成單元的質量分率來調整目標聚合物X的Tg。As a method for adjusting the Tg of polymer X within the above range, for example, a method using the FOX formula can be cited. According to the FOX formula, the Tg of the target polymer X can be adjusted according to, for example, the Tg of the homopolymer of each constituent unit in the target polymer X and the mass fraction of each constituent unit.

以下,關於FOX式,使用具有第一構成單元及第二構成單元之共聚物作為例子進行說明。 當將第一構成單元的均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度設為Tg1、共聚物中的第一構成單元的質量分率設為W1、第二構成單元的均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度設為Tg2、共聚物中的第二構成單元的質量分率設為W2時,具有第一構成單元及第二構成單元之共聚物的玻璃轉移溫度Tg0(單位:K)能夠按照以下的式來推斷。 FOX式:1/Tg0=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2) The following is an explanation of the FOX formula using a copolymer having a first constituent unit and a second constituent unit as an example. When the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the first constituent unit is set to Tg1, the mass fraction of the first constituent unit in the copolymer is set to W1, the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the second constituent unit is set to Tg2, and the mass fraction of the second constituent unit in the copolymer is set to W2, the glass transition temperature Tg0 (unit: K) of the copolymer having the first constituent unit and the second constituent unit can be estimated according to the following formula. FOX formula: 1/Tg0=(W1/Tg1)+(W2/Tg2)

又,亦能夠藉由調整聚合物的重量平均分子量來調整聚合物的Tg。Furthermore, the Tg of the polymer can be adjusted by adjusting the weight average molecular weight of the polymer.

-酸值- 從解析性的觀點而言,聚合物X的酸值為0mgKOH/g~50mgKOH/g為較佳,0mgKOH/g~20mgKOH/g為更佳,0mgKOH/g~10mgKOH/g為特佳。 -Acid value- From the perspective of analytical properties, the acid value of polymer X is preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 50 mgKOH/g, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 20 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH/g to 10 mgKOH/g.

聚合物的酸值表示為了中和聚合物每1g中的酸性成分所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量。以下說明具體的測量方法。首先,將測量試樣溶解於包含四氫呋喃及水之混合溶劑(體積比:四氫呋喃/水=9/1)中。使用電位滴定裝置(例如,商品名:AT-510、KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO.,LTD.製造),將所得到之溶液在25℃下,用0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液進行中和滴定。將滴定pH曲線的拐點作為滴定終點,藉由下式計算出酸值。 A=56.11×Vs×0.1×f/w A:酸值(mgKOH/g) Vs:滴定所需要之0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液的使用量(mL) f:0.1mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液的力價 w:測量試樣的質量(g)(固體成分換算) The acid value of a polymer is expressed as the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic components in 1g of the polymer. The specific measurement method is described below. First, the test sample is dissolved in a mixed solvent containing tetrahydrofuran and water (volume ratio: tetrahydrofuran/water = 9/1). Using a potentiometric titrator (e.g., trade name: AT-510, manufactured by KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.), the resulting solution is neutralized and titrated with a 0.1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 25°C. The inflection point of the titration pH curve is taken as the titration end point, and the acid value is calculated by the following formula. A=56.11×Vs×0.1×f/w A: Acid value (mgKOH/g) Vs: Amount of 0.1mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution required for titration (mL) f: Valency of 0.1mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution w: Mass of the sample to be measured (g) (converted to solid content)

-重量平均分子量- 聚合物X的重量平均分子量(Mw)以聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量計為60,000以下為較佳。當正型感光性層使用後述之轉印材料來形成時,藉由聚合物X的重量平均分子量為60,000以下,能夠在低溫(例如,130℃以下)下轉印正型感光性層。 -Weight average molecular weight- The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of polymer X is preferably 60,000 or less in terms of polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight. When the positive photosensitive layer is formed using the transfer material described below, the weight average molecular weight of polymer X is 60,000 or less, so that the positive photosensitive layer can be transferred at a low temperature (e.g., below 130°C).

聚合物X的重量平均分子量為2,000~60,000為較佳,3,000~50,000為更佳。The weight average molecular weight of polymer X is preferably 2,000 to 60,000, more preferably 3,000 to 50,000.

聚合物X的數量平均分子量與重量平均分子量之比(分散度)為1.0~5.0為較佳,1.05~3.5為更佳。The ratio of the number average molecular weight to the weight average molecular weight (dispersity) of the polymer X is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.05 to 3.5.

聚合物X的重量平均分子量藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析)進行測量。作為測量裝置,能夠使用各種市售的裝置。以下,對基於GPC之聚合物X的重量平均分子量的測量方法進行具體說明。 作為測量裝置,使用HLC(註冊商標)-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造)。 作為管柱,使用將TSKgel(註冊商標)Super HZM-M(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)、Super HZ4000(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)、Super HZ3000(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)及Super HZ2000(4.6mmID×15cm,TOSOH CORPORATION製造)分別串聯連結各1根而成者。 作為洗提液,使用THF(四氫呋喃)。 關於測量條件,將試樣濃度設為0.2質量%,將流速設為0.35mL/min,將樣品注入量設為10μL且將測量溫度設為40℃。 作為檢測器,使用示差折射率(RI)檢測器。 校準曲線能夠使用TOSOH CORPORATION製造之“標準試樣TSK standard,polystyrene”:“F-40”、“F-20”、“F-4”、“F-1”、“A-5000”、“A-2500”及“A-1000”這7個樣品中的任一者來製作。 The weight average molecular weight of polymer X is measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). As a measuring device, various commercially available devices can be used. The following is a specific description of the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight of polymer X based on GPC. As a measuring device, HLC (registered trademark)-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) is used. As the column, TSKgel (registered trademark) Super HZM-M (4.6 mm ID × 15 cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), Super HZ4000 (4.6 mm ID × 15 cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), Super HZ3000 (4.6 mm ID × 15 cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), and Super HZ2000 (4.6 mm ID × 15 cm, manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) were used, each connected in series. As the eluent, THF (tetrahydrofuran) was used. Regarding the measurement conditions, the sample concentration was set to 0.2 mass %, the flow rate was set to 0.35 mL/min, the sample injection volume was set to 10 μL, and the measurement temperature was set to 40°C. As the detector, a differential refractive index (RI) detector was used. The calibration curve can be created using any of the seven samples of "TSK standard, polystyrene" manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION: "F-40", "F-20", "F-4", "F-1", "A-5000", "A-2500" and "A-1000".

-含量- 從高解析性的觀點而言,聚合物X的含量相對於正型感光性層的總質量為50質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,70質量%~98質量%為更佳。 -Content- From the perspective of high resolution, the content of polymer X is preferably 50% to 99.9% by mass, and more preferably 70% to 98% by mass, relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive layer.

-製造方法- 作為聚合物X之製造方法,並不受限制,能夠利用公知的方法。例如,在有機溶劑中,能夠使用聚合起始劑,藉由使用於形成構成單元A之單體、進一步根據需要之用於形成構成單元B之單體及用於形成構成單元C之單體進行聚合來製造聚合物X。又,聚合物X亦能夠藉由所謂的高分子反應來製造。 -Production method- The production method of polymer X is not limited, and a known method can be used. For example, a polymerization initiator can be used in an organic solvent to polymerize a monomer for forming constituent unit A, and further, as needed, a monomer for forming constituent unit B and a monomer for forming constituent unit C to produce polymer X. In addition, polymer X can also be produced by a so-called polymer reaction.

《其他聚合物》 當正型感光性層包含具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物時,除了具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物以外,還可以包含不具備具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之構成單元之聚合物(以下,有時稱為“其他聚合物”。)。 《Other polymers》 When the positive photosensitive layer includes a polymer having a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, in addition to the polymer having a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group, a polymer not having a constituent unit having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "other polymers") may be included.

作為其他聚合物,例如可以舉出聚羥基苯乙烯。作為聚羥基苯乙烯的市售品,可以舉出Sartomer Company, Inc製造之SMA 1000P、SMA 2000P、SMA 3000P、SMA 1440F、SMA 17352P、SMA 2625P及SMA 3840F、TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之ARUFON UC-3000、ARUFON UC-3510、ARUFON UC-3900、ARUFON UC-3910、ARUFON UC-3920、及ARUFON UC-3080、以及BASF公司製造之Joncryl 690、Joncryl 678、Joncryl 67及Joncryl 586。As other polymers, for example, polyhydroxystyrene can be cited. Commercially available products of polyhydroxystyrene include SMA 1000P, SMA 2000P, SMA 3000P, SMA 1440F, SMA 17352P, SMA 2625P, and SMA 3840F manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., ARUFON UC-3000, ARUFON UC-3510, ARUFON UC-3900, ARUFON UC-3910, ARUFON UC-3920, and ARUFON UC-3080 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., and Joncryl 690, Joncryl 678, Joncryl 67, and Joncryl 586 manufactured by BASF.

正型感光性層可以包含單獨一種其他聚合物,亦可以包含兩種以上的其他聚合物。The positive photosensitive layer may contain a single other polymer or may contain two or more other polymers.

當正型感光性層包含其他聚合物時,其他聚合物的含量相對於聚合物成分的總質量為50質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為特佳。When the positive photosensitive layer contains other polymers, the content of the other polymers is preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 30 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 20 mass % or less, relative to the total mass of the polymer components.

在本揭示中,“聚合物成分”係指正型感光性層中所包含之所有聚合物的總稱。例如,當正型感光性層包含聚合物X和其他聚合物時,將聚合物X及其他聚合物統稱為“聚合物成分”。另外,對應於後述之交聯劑、分散劑及界面活性劑之化合物即使為高分子化合物,亦不包括在聚合物成分中。In the present disclosure, "polymer component" refers to the general term for all polymers contained in the positive photosensitive layer. For example, when the positive photosensitive layer contains polymer X and other polymers, polymer X and other polymers are collectively referred to as "polymer components". In addition, compounds corresponding to the crosslinking agent, dispersant and surfactant described later are not included in the polymer component even if they are high molecular weight compounds.

聚合物成分的含量相對於正型感光性層的總質量為50質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,70質量%~98質量%為更佳。The content of the polymer component is preferably 50 mass % to 99.9 mass % with respect to the total mass of the positive photosensitive layer, and more preferably 70 mass % to 98 mass %.

《鹼可溶性樹脂(正型)》 正型感光性層包含鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳,包含鹼可溶性樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為更佳,包含具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂及醌二疊氮化合物為特佳。 《Alkali-soluble resin (positive type)》 The positive type photosensitive layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin, more preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin and a quinone diazide compound, and particularly preferably contains a resin having a constituent unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinone diazide compound.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出在主鏈或側鏈中具有羥基、羧基或磺酸基之樹脂。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出聚醯胺樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯、聚羥基苯乙烯的衍生物、苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸酐共聚物、聚乙烯基羥基苯甲酸酯、含有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂及酚醛清漆樹脂。作為較佳的鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出間-/對-混合甲酚與甲醛的縮聚物、以及苯酚、甲酚及甲醛的縮聚物。Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include resins having a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group in the main chain or the side chain. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include polyamide resins, polyhydroxystyrene, derivatives of polyhydroxystyrene, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, polyvinyl hydroxybenzoate, carboxyl-containing (meth) acrylic resins and novolac resins. Examples of preferred alkali-soluble resins include condensates of m-/p-mixed cresol and formaldehyde, and condensates of phenol, cresol and formaldehyde.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以具有酚性羥基(-Ar-OH)、羧基(-CO 2H)、磺酸基(-SO 3H)、磷酸基(-OPO 3H)、磺醯胺基(-SO 2NH-R)或經取代之磺醯胺系酸基(例如,活性醯亞胺基、-SO 2NHCOR、-SO 2NHSO 2R及-CONHSO 2R)。在此,Ar表示可以具有取代基之2價的芳基,R表示可以具有取代基之烴基。 The alkali-soluble resin may have a phenolic hydroxyl group (-Ar-OH), a carboxyl group (-CO 2 H), a sulfonic acid group (-SO 3 H), a phosphoric acid group (-OPO 3 H), a sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NH-R), or a substituted sulfonamide acid group (e.g., an active imide group, -SO 2 NHCOR, -SO 2 NHSO 2 R, and -CONHSO 2 R). Here, Ar represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent, and R represents a alkyl group which may have a substituent.

酚醛清漆樹脂例如藉由使酚系化合物與醛化合物在酸觸媒的存在下縮合而得到。作為酚系化合物,例如可以舉出鄰-、間-或對-甲酚、2,5-、3,5-或3,4-二甲苯酚(xylenol)、2,3,5-三甲基苯酚、2-三級丁基-5-甲基苯酚及三級丁基氫醌。作為醛化合物,例如可以舉出脂肪族醛類(例如,甲醛、乙醛及乙二醛(glyoxal))及芳香族醛類(例如,苯甲醛及柳醛(salicylaldehyde))。作為酸觸媒,例如可以舉出無機酸(例如,鹽酸、硫酸及磷酸)、有機酸(例如,草酸、乙酸及對甲苯磺酸)及二價金屬鹽(例如,乙酸鋅)。縮合反應能夠按照常規方法來進行。縮合反應例如在60℃~120℃的範圍的溫度且2小時~30小時的條件下進行。縮合反應可以在適當的溶劑中進行。Novolac resins are obtained, for example, by condensing a phenolic compound with an aldehyde compound in the presence of an acid catalyst. Examples of phenolic compounds include o-, m- or p-cresol, 2,5-, 3,5- or 3,4-xylenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 2-tert-butyl-5-methylphenol and tert-butylhydroquinone. Examples of aldehyde compounds include aliphatic aldehydes (e.g., formaldehyde, acetaldehyde and glyoxal) and aromatic aldehydes (e.g., benzaldehyde and salicylaldehyde). Examples of acid catalysts include inorganic acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and phosphoric acid), organic acids (e.g., oxalic acid, acetic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid) and divalent metal salts (e.g., zinc acetate). The condensation reaction can be carried out by a conventional method. The condensation reaction is carried out, for example, at a temperature in the range of 60° C. to 120° C. and for 2 hours to 30 hours. The condensation reaction can be carried out in an appropriate solvent.

其中,作為鹼可溶性樹脂,酚醛清漆樹脂等具備具有酚性羥基之構成單元之樹脂為較佳。Among them, as the alkali-soluble resin, a resin having a constituent unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, such as a novolac resin, is preferred.

從圖案形成性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量為5.0×10 2~2.0×10 5為較佳。從圖案形成性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的數量平均分子量為2.0×10 2~1.0×10 5為較佳。 From the viewpoint of pattern forming properties, the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5.0×10 2 to 2.0×10 5. From the viewpoint of pattern forming properties, the number average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2.0×10 2 to 1.0×10 5 .

例如,可以併用美國專利第4123279號說明書中所記載之、三級丁基苯酚與甲醛的縮聚物及辛基苯酚與甲醛的縮聚物之類的具有碳數為3~8的烷基作為取代基之酚與甲醛的縮聚物。亦可以併用美國專利第4123279號說明書中所記載之、三級丁基苯酚甲醛樹脂及辛基苯酚甲醛樹脂之類的具有碳數為3~8的烷基作為取代基之酚與甲醛的縮合物。For example, a condensate of phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group with 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, such as a condensate of tertiary butylphenol and formaldehyde and a condensate of octylphenol and formaldehyde described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4123279, can be used in combination. A condensate of phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group with 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, such as a tertiary butylphenol formaldehyde resin and an octylphenol formaldehyde resin described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4123279, can also be used in combination.

正型感光性層可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂。 鹼可溶性樹脂的含量相對於正型感光性層的總質量為30質量%~99.9質量%為較佳,40質量%~99.5質量%為更佳,70質量%~99質量%為特佳。 The positive photosensitive layer may contain one or more alkali-soluble resins. The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30% to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 40% to 99.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 70% to 99% by mass relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive layer.

《光酸產生劑》 正型感光性層包含光酸產生劑作為感光性化合物為較佳。光酸產生劑為能夠藉由活性光線(例如,紫外線、遠紫外線、X射線及電子束)的照射而產生酸之化合物。 《Photoacid generator》 It is preferred that the positive photosensitive layer contains a photoacid generator as a photosensitive compound. The photoacid generator is a compound that can generate an acid by irradiation with active light (e.g., ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams).

作為光酸產生劑,藉由感應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活性光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線之光酸產生劑,只要為藉由與增感劑併用而感應於波長300nm以上的活性光線從而產生酸之化合物,則亦能夠與增感劑組合而較佳地使用。As the photoacid generator, a compound that generates an acid by being responsive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300 nm to 450 nm is preferred. In addition, as for a photoacid generator that does not directly respond to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, as long as it is a compound that responds to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more by being used in combination with a sensitizer and generates an acid, it can also be preferably used in combination with a sensitizer.

光酸產生劑為產生pKa為4以下的酸之光酸產生劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光酸產生劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光酸產生劑為特佳。來自於光酸產生劑之酸的pKa的下限並不受限制。來自於光酸產生劑之酸的pKa例如為-10.0以上為較佳。The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less, more preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less, and particularly preferably a photoacid generator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less. The lower limit of the pKa of the acid derived from the photoacid generator is not limited. The pKa of the acid derived from the photoacid generator is preferably, for example, -10.0 or more.

作為光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出離子性光酸產生劑及非離子性光酸產生劑。Examples of the photoacid generator include an ionic photoacid generator and a nonionic photoacid generator.

作為離子性光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出鎓鹽化合物。作為鎓鹽化合物,例如可以舉出二芳基錪鹽化合物、三芳基鋶鹽化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。離子性光酸產生劑為鎓鹽化合物為較佳,三芳基鋶鹽化合物及二芳基錪鹽化合物中的至少一者為特佳。Examples of the ionic photoacid generator include onium salt compounds. Examples of the onium salt compound include diaryl iodonium salt compounds, triaryl siron salt compounds, and quaternary ammonium salt compounds. The ionic photoacid generator is preferably an onium salt compound, and at least one of a triaryl siron salt compound and a diaryl iodonium salt compound is particularly preferred.

作為離子性光酸產生劑,還能夠較佳地使用日本特開2014-85643號公報的0114段落~0133段落中所記載之離子性光酸產生劑。As the ionic photoacid generator, the ionic photoacid generators described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 can also be preferably used.

作為非離子性光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出三氯甲基-s-三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。從靈敏度、解析度及與基板的密接性的觀點而言,非離子性光酸產生劑為肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。Examples of nonionic photoacid generators include trichloromethyl-s-trisinium compounds, diazomethane compounds, imidosulfonate compounds, and oximesulfonate compounds. From the perspective of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion to the substrate, the nonionic photoacid generator is preferably an oximesulfonate compound.

作為三氯甲基-s-三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083段落~0088段落中所記載之化合物。Specific examples of trichloromethyl-s-trioxanthate compounds, diazomethane compounds, and imidosulfonate compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP-A-2011-221494.

作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,能夠較佳地使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084段落~0088段落中所記載者。As the oxime sulfonate compound, those described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be preferably used.

從靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,光酸產生劑為選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the photoacid generator is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an onium salt compound and an oxime sulfonate compound, and an oxime sulfonate compound is more preferably.

作為光酸產生劑的較佳例,可以舉出具有以下的結構之光酸產生劑。As a preferred example of the photoacid generator, a photoacid generator having the following structure can be cited.

[化學式17] [Chemical formula 17]

作為在波長405nm處具有吸收之光酸產生劑,例如可以舉出ADEKA ARKLS(註冊商標)SP-601(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As a photoacid generator having absorption at a wavelength of 405 nm, for example, ADEKA ARKLS (registered trademark) SP-601 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can be cited.

從耐熱性及尺寸穩定性的觀點而言,正型感光性層包含醌二疊氮化合物作為酸產生劑(較佳為光酸產生劑)為較佳。 醌二疊氮化合物例如能夠藉由使具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮磺醯鹵在脫鹵化氫劑的存在下進行縮合反應來合成。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance and dimensional stability, it is preferable that the positive photosensitive layer contains a quinone diazide compound as an acid generator (preferably a photoacid generator). The quinone diazide compound can be synthesized, for example, by allowing a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group to undergo a condensation reaction with a quinone diazide sulfonyl halide in the presence of a dehydrohalogenating agent.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,例如可以舉出1,2-苯醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸酯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸酯、其他醌二疊氮衍生物的磺酸酯、1,2-苯醌二疊氮-4-磺酸醯氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸醯氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸醯氯、1,2-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸醯氯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-4-磺酸醯氯、2,1-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺酸醯氯及2,1-萘醌二疊氮-6-磺酸醯氯。Examples of the quinone diazide compound include 1,2-benzoquinone diazide-4-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide-4-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide-5-sulfonate, 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide-6-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinone diazide-4-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinone diazide-5-sulfonate, 2,1-naphthoquinone diazide-6-sulfonate, and other Sulfonic acid esters of quinonediazide derivatives, 1,2-benzoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid acyl chloride, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid acyl chloride, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid acyl chloride, 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonic acid acyl chloride, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid acyl chloride, 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid acyl chloride and 2,1-naphthoquinonediazide-6-sulfonic acid acyl chloride.

正型感光性層可以包含單獨一種光酸產生劑,亦可以包含兩種以上的光酸產生劑。 從靈敏度及解析度的觀點而言,光酸產生劑的含量相對於正型感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。 The positive photosensitive layer may contain a single photoacid generator or may contain two or more photoacid generators. From the perspective of sensitivity and resolution, the content of the photoacid generator is preferably 0.1 mass% to 10 mass% relative to the total mass of the positive photosensitive layer, and more preferably 0.5 mass% to 5 mass%.

《其他成分》 感光性層可以含有除上述以外的成分。 《Other ingredients》 The photosensitive layer may contain ingredients other than those listed above.

-界面活性劑- 從厚度均勻性的觀點而言,感光性層含有界面活性劑為較佳。 作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、非離子性(nonion)界面活性劑及兩性界面活性劑,非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。 作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0017段落及日本特開2009-237362號公報的0060~0071段落中所記載之界面活性劑。 -Surfactant- From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a surfactant. As the surfactant, for example, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants can be cited, and nonionic surfactants are preferred. As the surfactant, for example, the surfactants described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-237362 can be cited.

作為界面活性劑,氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。 作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可以舉出MEGAFACE(註冊商標:以下相同)F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-444、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP.MFS-330、MFS-578、MFS-579、MFS-586、MFS-587、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad(商品名)FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon(註冊商標)S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox(商品名)PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、Ftergent 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為Neos Corporation製造)等。 又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物為具有具備含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷,從而氟原子揮發。作為這種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE(商品名)DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如MEGAFACE(商品名)DS-21。 As the surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferred. Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, MEGAFACE (registered trademark: the same below) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144, F-437, F-444, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F- 558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP.MFS-330, MFS-578, MFS-579, MFS-586, MFS-587, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (all DIC Corporation), Fluorad (trade name) FC430, FC431, FC171 (all manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (all manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox (trade name) PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (all manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), Ftergent 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (all manufactured by Neos Corporation), etc. In addition, the fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use an acrylic compound, which has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is partially cut off, thereby volatilizing the fluorine atom. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the MEGAFACE (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Industry News (February 23, 2016)), such as MEGAFACE (trade name) DS-21.

又,氟系界面活性劑使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用封端聚合物。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。可以舉出MEGAFACE(商品名)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等。 In addition, the fluorine-based surfactant preferably uses a polymer of a fluorine-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl or fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. The fluorine-based surfactant can also use a capped polymer. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, which contains a constituent unit from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a constituent unit from a (meth)acrylate compound having 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkylene groups (preferably ethoxy and propoxy). The fluorine-based surfactant can also use a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. Examples include MEGAFACE (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc.

作為非離子性界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic(登錄商標)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上為BASF公司製造)、Tetronic(商品名)304、701、704、901、904、150R1(以上為BASF公司製造)、Solsperse(商品名)20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN(商品名)D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 又,近年來,具有碳數為7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物的環境適性令人擔憂,因此利用使用全氟辛酸(PFOA)及全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)的替代材料之界面活性劑為較佳。 Examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (e.g., glycerin propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid esters, Pluronic (registered trademark) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (all manufactured by BASF), Tetronic (trade name) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (all manufactured by BASF), Solsperse (trade name) 20000 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN (trade name) D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (all manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (all manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. In recent years, the environmental suitability of compounds with linear perfluoroalkyl groups with a carbon number of 7 or more has become a concern, so it is better to use a surfactant that uses an alternative material to perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS).

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵構成之直鏈狀聚合物及在側鏈或末端導入有有機基之改質矽氧烷聚合物。 作為矽酮系界面活性劑的具體例,可以舉出DOWSIL(商品名)8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie公司製造)等。 As silicone-based surfactants, there are linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers with organic groups introduced into the side chains or the ends. Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include DOWSIL (trade name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (all of which are Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) and X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (all manufactured by BYK Chemie), etc.

感光性層可以單獨含有一種界面活性劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 界面活性劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain one surfactant alone or two or more surfactants. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 mass % to 10 mass % relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, and more preferably 0.01 mass % to 3 mass %.

-添加劑- 感光性層除了上述成分以外,根據需要可以含有公知的添加劑。 作為添加劑,例如可以舉出聚合抑制劑、增感劑、塑化劑、烷氧基矽烷化合物及溶劑。感光性層可以單獨含有一種各添加劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 又,作為添加劑,可以舉出金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、熱自由基聚合起始劑、熱酸產生劑、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑及有機或無機沈澱防止劑。關於該等添加劑的較佳態樣,在日本特開2014-85643號公報的0165段落~0184段落中分別有記載,該等內容藉由參照被編入本說明書中。 -Additives- In addition to the above-mentioned components, the photosensitive layer may contain known additives as needed. As additives, for example, polymerization inhibitors, sensitizers, plasticizers, alkoxysilane compounds and solvents can be cited. The photosensitive layer may contain one type of each additive alone, or may contain two or more types. In addition, as additives, metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid proliferation agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal free radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners and organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors can be cited. The preferred forms of these additives are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-85643, and these contents are incorporated into this manual by reference.

感光性層可以含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。 作為聚合抑制劑,例如可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0018段落中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑。其中,啡噻𠯤、啡㗁𠯤或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。作為其他聚合抑制劑,可以舉出萘胺、氯化銅(I)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、二苯基亞硝基胺等。為了不損害感光性層形成用組成物的靈敏度,將N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽用作聚合抑制劑為較佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor. As the polymerization inhibitor, a free radical polymerization inhibitor is preferred. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 can be cited. Among them, phenanthrene, phenanthrene or 4-methoxyphenol is preferred. As other polymerization inhibitors, naphthylamine, copper (I) chloride, N-nitrosophenyl hydroxylamine aluminum salt, diphenyl nitrosoamine, etc. can be cited. In order not to damage the sensitivity of the composition for forming the photosensitive layer, it is preferred to use N-nitrosophenyl hydroxylamine aluminum salt as the polymerization inhibitor.

聚合抑制劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01質量%~3質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。從對感光性層形成用組成物賦予保存穩定性之觀點而言,將上述含量設為0.01質量%以上為較佳。另一方面,從維持靈敏度之觀點而言,將上述含量設為3質量%以下為較佳。The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.05% to 1% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. From the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive layer-forming composition, the content is preferably 0.01% by mass or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity, the content is preferably 3% by mass or less.

感光性層可以含有增感劑。 增感劑並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的增感劑、染料及顏料。作為增感劑,例如可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧蒽酮(xanthone)化合物、噻噸酮(thioxanthone)化合物、吖啶酮化合物、㗁唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、茋化合物、三𠯤化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。 The photosensitive layer may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes, and pigments can be used. Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds (e.g., 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compounds, trioxane compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalene diimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridine compounds.

感光性層可以單獨含有一種增感劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 當感光性層含有增感劑時,增感劑的含量能夠根據目的適當選擇,但從提高對光源的靈敏度及藉由聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡而提高硬化速度之觀點而言,相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain one sensitizer alone or two or more. When the photosensitive layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the perspective of improving sensitivity to light sources and improving the curing speed by balancing the polymerization speed and chain transfer, it is preferably 0.01 mass% to 5 mass% relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, and 0.05 mass% to 1 mass% is more preferably.

感光性層可以含有選自包括塑化劑及雜環狀化合物之群組中之至少一種。 作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0097~0103段落及0111~0118段落中所記載之化合物。 The photosensitive layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound. As the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0103 and paragraphs 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be cited.

感光性層(較佳為正型感光性層)可以包含烷氧基矽烷化合物。 作為烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可以舉出γ-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-環氧丙氧基丙基烷基二烷氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基烷基二烷氧基矽烷、γ-氯丙基三烷氧基矽烷、γ-巰基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、β-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三烷氧基矽烷及乙烯基三烷氧基矽烷。 The photosensitive layer (preferably a positive photosensitive layer) may contain an alkoxysilane compound. As the alkoxysilane compound, for example, γ-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyl triethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyl trialkoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyl alkyl dialkoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyl trialkoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyl alkyl dialkoxysilane, γ-chloropropyl trialkoxysilane, γ-butyl propyl trialkoxysilane, β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl trialkoxysilane and vinyl trialkoxysilane can be cited.

在上述之中,烷氧基矽烷化合物為三烷氧基矽烷化合物為較佳,γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷或γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷為更佳,γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷為進一步較佳,3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷為特佳。Among the above, the alkoxysilane compound is preferably a trialkoxysilane compound, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane or γ-methacryloxypropyltrialkoxysilane is more preferably, γ-glycidoxypropyltrialkoxysilane is further preferably, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane is particularly preferably.

感光性層可以包含單獨一種烷氧基矽烷化合物,亦可以包含兩種以上的烷氧基矽烷化合物。 從與基板的密接性及耐蝕刻性的觀點而言,烷氧基矽烷化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%~50質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~40質量%為更佳,1.0質量%~30質量%為特佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain a single alkoxysilane compound or may contain two or more alkoxysilane compounds. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate and etching resistance, the content of the alkoxysilane compound is preferably 0.1% to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5% to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0% to 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

感光性層可以含有溶劑。當由包含溶劑之感光性層形成用組成物形成感光性層時,有時溶劑會殘留於感光性層中。The photosensitive layer may contain a solvent. When the photosensitive layer is formed from a photosensitive layer-forming composition containing a solvent, the solvent may remain in the photosensitive layer.

《雜質等》 感光性層可以包含既定量的雜質。 作為雜質的具體例,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。其中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子容易以雜質形式混入,因此設為下述的含量為較佳。 《Impurities, etc.》 The photosensitive layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogens, and ions thereof. Among them, halogenide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are easily mixed in as impurities, so the following contents are preferred.

感光性層中的雜質的含量以質量基準計為80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。雜質的含量以質量基準計能夠設為1ppb以上,亦可以設為0.1ppm以上。The content of impurities in the photosensitive layer is preferably 80 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, and even more preferably 2 ppm or less on a mass basis. The content of impurities can be set to 1 ppb or more on a mass basis, and can also be set to 0.1 ppm or more.

作為將雜質設在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出選擇雜質的含量少者作為組成物的原料、在製作感光性層時防止雜質混入及清洗去除。藉由這種方法,能夠將雜質量設在上述範圍內。As a method of setting the impurity content within the above range, there can be cited the following methods: selecting a material with a low impurity content as a raw material of the composition, preventing the impurities from mixing in during the preparation of the photosensitive layer, and removing the impurities by washing. By this method, the impurity amount can be set within the above range.

雜質例如能夠利用ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma:感應耦合電漿)發光分光分析法、原子吸收光譜法及離子層析法等公知的方法進行定量。Impurities can be quantified by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectroscopy, and ion chromatography.

感光性層中的苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷等化合物的含量少為較佳。作為該等化合物相對於感光性層的總質量的含量,以質量基準計為100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。 下限以質量基準計相對於感光性層的總質量,能夠設為10ppb以上,亦能夠設為100ppb以上。該等化合物能夠利用與上述的金屬的雜質相同的方法來抑制含量。又,能夠藉由公知的測量法進行定量。 The content of compounds such as benzene, formaldehyde, trichloroethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and hexane in the photosensitive layer is preferably small. As for the content of these compounds relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, it is preferably 100ppm or less, 20ppm or less is more preferably, and 4ppm or less is further preferably. The lower limit can be set to 10ppb or more, or 100ppb or more, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. The content of these compounds can be suppressed by the same method as the above-mentioned metal impurities. In addition, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.

從提高可靠性及層合性之觀點而言,感光性層中的水的含量為0.01質量%~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~0.5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination properties, the water content in the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.01 mass % to 1.0 mass %, and more preferably 0.05 mass % to 0.5 mass %.

《殘餘單體》 感光性層有時包含與上述之鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元對應之殘餘單體。 從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,殘餘單體的含量相對於鹼可溶性樹脂的總質量為5,000質量ppm以下為較佳,2,000質量ppm以下為更佳,500質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但1質量ppm以上為較佳,10質量ppm以上為更佳。 從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體相對於感光性層的總質量為3,000質量ppm以下為較佳,600質量ppm以下為更佳,100質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並不受特別限制,但0.1質量ppm以上為較佳,1質量ppm以上為更佳。 《Residual monomers》 The photosensitive layer sometimes contains residual monomers corresponding to the constituent units of the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of patterning and reliability, the content of residual monomers is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, 2,000 mass ppm or less, and 500 mass ppm or less relative to the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 1 mass ppm or more is preferred, and 10 mass ppm or more is more preferred. From the viewpoint of patterning and reliability, the residual monomer of each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, 600 mass ppm or less, and 100 mass ppm or less relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 0.1 mass ppm or more is preferred, and 1 mass ppm or more is more preferred.

藉由高分子反應合成鹼可溶性樹脂時的單體的殘餘單體量亦設在上述範圍內為較佳。例如,當使丙烯酸環氧丙酯與羧酸側鏈進行反應而合成鹼可溶性樹脂時,將丙烯酸環氧丙酯的含量設在上述範圍內為較佳。 殘餘單體的量能夠利用液相層析及氣相層析等公知的方法進行測量。 The residual monomer amount of the monomer when synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by polymer reaction is also preferably set within the above range. For example, when synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by reacting glycidyl acrylate with the carboxylic acid side chain, it is preferred to set the content of glycidyl acrylate within the above range. The amount of residual monomers can be measured by known methods such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.

《物性等》 感光性層的層厚為0.1μm~300μm為較佳,0.2μm~100μm為更佳,0.5μm~50μm為進一步較佳,0.5μm~15μm為更進一步較佳,0.5μm~10μm為特佳,0.5μm~8μm為最佳。藉此,能夠提高感光性層的顯影性,並提高解析性。 又,從進一步發揮解析性及本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,感光性層的層厚(厚度)為10μm以下為較佳,5.0μm以下為更佳,0.5μm~4.0μm為進一步較佳,0.5μm~3.0μm為特佳。 感光性轉印材料所具備之各層的層厚藉由利用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)觀察感光性轉印材料的相對於主面垂直的方向的截面並依據所得到之觀察圖像計測10點以上各層的厚度並且計算出其平均值來進行測量。 《Physical properties, etc.》 The thickness of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1μm to 300μm, more preferably 0.2μm to 100μm, further preferably 0.5μm to 50μm, further preferably 0.5μm to 15μm, particularly preferably 0.5μm to 10μm, and best 0.5μm to 8μm. This can improve the developing property of the photosensitive layer and improve the resolution. In addition, from the perspective of further exerting the resolution and the effects of the present disclosure, the thickness (thickness) of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10μm or less, more preferably 5.0μm or less, further preferably 0.5μm to 4.0μm, and particularly preferably 0.5μm to 3.0μm. The thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by observing the cross section of the photosensitive transfer material in the direction perpendicular to the main surface using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) and measuring the thickness of each layer at more than 10 points based on the observed image and calculating the average value.

又,從密接性更優異的觀點而言,感光性層的波長365nm的光的透射率為10%以上為較佳,30%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。上限並不受特別限制,但99.9%以下為較佳。From the viewpoint of better adhesion, the transmittance of the photosensitive layer for light of a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but preferably 99.9% or less.

《形成方法》 感光性層之形成方法只要為能夠形成含有上述的成分之層之方法,則不受特別限制。 作為感光性層的形成方法,例如為負型感光性層時,可以舉出藉由製備含有鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及溶劑等之感光性層形成用組成物並在偽支撐體等的表面塗布感光性層形成用組成物並且對感光性層形成用組成物的塗膜進行乾燥而形成之方法。 《Formation method》 The method for forming the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method that can form a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method for forming a photosensitive layer, for example, in the case of a negative photosensitive layer, there can be cited a method of preparing a photosensitive layer forming composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent, and applying the photosensitive layer forming composition on the surface of a pseudo support, etc., and drying the coating of the photosensitive layer forming composition.

作為在感光性層的形成中所使用之感光性層形成用組成物,例如可以舉出含有鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑、上述的任意成分及溶劑之組成物。 為了調節感光性層形成用組成物的黏度而使得容易形成感光性層,感光性層形成用組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 As the photosensitive layer forming composition used in the formation of the photosensitive layer, for example, there can be cited a composition containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, any of the above components, and a solvent. In order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive layer forming composition and make it easier to form the photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer forming composition contains a solvent.

-溶劑- 作為感光性層形成用組成物中所含有之溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及上述的任意成分,則不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。 作為溶劑,例如可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(丙酮及甲基乙基酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的兩種以上之混合溶劑。 在製作具備偽支撐體、熱塑性樹脂層、中間層、感光性層及覆蓋膜之感光性轉印材料的情況下,感光性層形成用組成物含有選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳。其中,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中之至少一種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種、酮溶劑以及環狀醚溶劑這三種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。 -Solvent- The solvent contained in the photosensitive layer forming composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the alkali-soluble resin, polymerizable compound, photopolymerization initiator and any of the above-mentioned components, and a known solvent can be used. As the solvent, for example, there can be cited alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (methanol and ethanol, etc.), ketone solvents (acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (toluene, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (tetrahydrofuran, etc.), ester solvents, amide solvents, lactone solvents, and mixed solvents containing two or more of them. In the case of preparing a photosensitive transfer material having a pseudo-support, a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer, a photosensitive layer and a cover film, it is preferred that the composition for forming the photosensitive layer contains at least one selected from the group including alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents. Among them, a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group including alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents and at least one selected from the group including ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents is more preferred, and a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group including alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents is further preferred.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。 作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。 作為溶劑,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0092~0094段落中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889號公報的0014段落中所記載之溶劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 As the alkylene glycol ether solvent, for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether can be cited. As the alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate can be cited. As the solvent, the solvents described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvents described in paragraph 0014 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-177889 can be used, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

感光性層形成用組成物可以單獨含有一種溶劑,亦可以含有兩種以上。 塗布感光性層形成用組成物時的溶劑的含量相對於感光性層形成用組成物中的總固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。 The photosensitive layer forming composition may contain one type of solvent alone or two or more types. The content of the solvent when applying the photosensitive layer forming composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and more preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive layer forming composition.

感光性層形成用組成物的製備方法並不受特別限制,例如可以舉出藉由事先製備將各成分溶解於上述溶劑而成之溶液並將所得到之溶液以既定的比例進行混合而製備感光性層形成用組成物之方法。 從粒子的去除性的觀點而言,感光性層形成用組成物在形成感光性層之前使用過濾器進行過濾為較佳,使用孔徑0.2μm~10μm的過濾器進行過濾為更佳,使用孔徑0.2μm~7μm的過濾器進行過濾為進一步較佳,使用孔徑0.2μm~5μm的過濾器進行過濾為特佳。 關於過濾器的材質及形狀,並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知者。 又,上述過濾進行1次以上為較佳,並且,進行複數次亦為較佳。 The method for preparing the photosensitive layer-forming composition is not particularly limited. For example, a method of preparing the photosensitive layer-forming composition by preparing a solution in advance by dissolving each component in the above-mentioned solvent and mixing the obtained solution in a predetermined ratio can be cited. From the viewpoint of particle removal, it is preferred that the photosensitive layer-forming composition be filtered using a filter before forming the photosensitive layer, and it is more preferred to filter using a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm to 10 μm, and it is further preferred to filter using a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm to 7 μm, and it is particularly preferred to filter using a filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm to 5 μm. There is no particular limitation on the material and shape of the filter, and known ones can be used. Furthermore, it is preferred that the above-mentioned filtering be performed more than once, and it is also preferred that the filtering be performed multiple times.

感光性層形成用組成物的塗布方法並不受特別限制,利用公知的方法塗布即可。作為塗布方法,例如可以舉出狹縫塗布、旋塗、簾塗及噴墨塗布。 又,感光性層可以藉由將感光性層形成用組成物塗布於後述之覆蓋膜上並進行乾燥而形成。 The method for applying the photosensitive layer forming composition is not particularly limited, and the composition may be applied by a known method. Examples of the application method include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating. In addition, the photosensitive layer can be formed by applying the photosensitive layer forming composition on a cover film described later and drying it.

又,從解析性及偽支撐體的剝離性的觀點而言,本揭示中的感光性轉印材料在上述粒子層與上述感光性層之間具有其他層為較佳。 作為其他層,可以較佳地舉出中間層、熱塑性樹脂層等。 其中,作為上述轉印層,具有中間層為較佳,具有熱塑性樹脂層及中間層為更佳。 In addition, from the perspective of analytical properties and the peeling property of the pseudo-support, the photosensitive transfer material in the present disclosure preferably has other layers between the above-mentioned particle layer and the above-mentioned photosensitive layer. As other layers, an intermediate layer, a thermoplastic resin layer, etc. can be preferably cited. Among them, as the above-mentioned transfer layer, it is preferred to have an intermediate layer, and it is more preferred to have a thermoplastic resin layer and an intermediate layer.

〔中間層〕 本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣為如下實施態樣:當在粒子層與感光性層之間具有後述之熱塑性樹脂層時,在熱塑性樹脂層與感光性層之間具有中間層。 藉由具有中間層,能夠抑制形成複數個層時及保存時的各層中所包含之成分的混合。 [Intermediate layer] The second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein is an embodiment in which, when a thermoplastic resin layer described below is provided between the particle layer and the photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer is provided between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer. By providing an intermediate layer, mixing of components contained in each layer when forming a plurality of layers and during storage can be suppressed.

從顯影性以及抑制塗布複數層時及塗布後保存時的成分的混合之觀點而言,中間層為水溶性層為較佳。在本揭示中,“水溶性”係指對液溫為22℃的pH7.0的水100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。From the viewpoint of developing properties and suppressing mixing of components when applying multiple layers and storing after application, it is preferred that the intermediate layer is a water-soluble layer. In the present disclosure, "water-soluble" means that the solubility in 100g of water with a pH of 7.0 at a liquid temperature of 22°C is 0.1g or more.

作為中間層,例如可以舉出在日本特開平5-72724號公報中作為“分離層”而記載之具有阻氧功能的阻氧層。藉由中間層為阻氧層,曝光時的靈敏度提高,曝光機的時間負荷減小,其結果,生產性提高。用作中間層之阻氧層從公知的層中適當選擇即可。用作中間層之阻氧層為顯示出低透氧性且分散或溶解於水或鹼水溶液(22℃的碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液)之阻氧層為較佳。 又,從阻氧性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,中間層包含無機層狀化合物為較佳。 作為無機層狀化合物,係具有薄平板狀的形狀之粒子,例如可以舉出天然雲母、合成雲母等雲母化合物、式:3MgO·4SiO·H 2O所表示之滑石、帶雲母、蒙脫石、皂石、鋰膨潤石、磷酸鋯等。 作為雲母化合物,例如可以舉出式:A(B,C) 2-5D 4O 10(OH,F,O) 2〔其中,A為K、Na、Ca中的任一者,B及C為Fe(II)、Fe(III)、Mn、Al、Mg、V中的任一者,D為Si或Al。〕所表示之天然雲母、合成雲母等雲母群。 As an intermediate layer, for example, an oxygen barrier layer having an oxygen barrier function described as a "separation layer" in Japanese Patent Gazette No. 5-72724 can be cited. By using the intermediate layer as an oxygen barrier layer, the sensitivity during exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and as a result, the productivity is improved. The oxygen barrier layer used as the intermediate layer can be appropriately selected from known layers. The oxygen barrier layer used as the intermediate layer is preferably an oxygen barrier layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (a 1 mass % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22°C). In addition, from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, analytical properties, and pattern formation properties, it is preferred that the intermediate layer contains an inorganic layered compound. Examples of inorganic layered compounds are particles having a thin plate shape, such as natural mica, synthetic mica and other mica compounds, talc, montmorillonite, saponite, lithium bentonite, zirconium phosphate and the like represented by the formula: 3MgO·4SiO·H 2 O. Examples of mica compounds include natural mica, synthetic mica and other mica groups represented by the formula: A(B,C) 2-5 D 4 O 10 (OH,F,O) 2 [wherein A is any one of K, Na and Ca, B and C are any one of Fe(II), Fe(III), Mn, Al, Mg and V, and D is Si or Al.].

在雲母群中,作為天然雲母,可以舉出白雲母、鈉雲母、金雲母、黑雲母及鱗雲母。作為合成雲母,可以舉出氟金雲母KMg 3(AlSi 3O 10)F 2、鉀四矽雲母KMg 2.5Si 4O 10)F 2等非膨潤性雲母及Na四矽雲母NaMg 2.5(Si 4O 10)F 2、Na或Li帶雲母(Na,Li)Mg 2Li(Si 4O 10)F 2、蒙脫石系的Na或Li鋰膨潤石(Na,Li) 1/8Mg 2/5Li 1/8(Si 4O 10)F 2等膨潤性雲母等。再者,合成膨潤石群(smectite)亦有用。 Among the micas, natural micas include muscovite, sodium micas, phlogopite, biotite, and scalyx micas. Synthetic micas include non-swelling micas such as fluorphlogopite KMg 3 (AlSi 3 O 10 ) F 2 and potassium tetrasilicon micas KMg 2.5 Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , and swelling micas such as Na tetrasilicon micas NaMg 2.5 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , Na or Li banded micas (Na, Li) Mg 2 Li (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 , and montmorillonite-based Na or Li lithium bentonite (Na, Li) 1/8 Mg 2/5 Li 1/8 (Si 4 O 10 ) F 2 . Furthermore, synthetic smectite is also useful.

作為無機層狀化合物的形狀,從控制擴散之觀點而言,厚度愈薄愈良好,平面尺寸只要不阻礙塗布面的平滑性或活性光線的透射性,則愈大愈良好。因此,縱橫比較佳為20以上,更佳為100以上,特佳為200以上。縱橫比為粒子的長徑相對於厚度之比,例如能夠依據由粒子的顯微鏡照片獲得之投影圖進行測量。縱橫比愈大,所得到之效果愈大。As for the shape of the inorganic layered compound, from the viewpoint of controlling diffusion, the thinner the thickness, the better. As long as the plane size does not hinder the smoothness of the coating surface or the transmittance of the active light, the larger the plane size, the better. Therefore, the aspect ratio is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and particularly preferably 200 or more. The aspect ratio is the ratio of the length of the particle to the thickness, and can be measured, for example, based on the projection diagram obtained from the microscopic photograph of the particle. The larger the aspect ratio, the greater the effect obtained.

關於無機層狀化合物的粒徑,其平均長徑較佳為0.3μm~20μm,更佳為0.5μm~10μm,特佳為1μm~5μm。粒子的平均厚度較佳為0.1μm以下,更佳為0.05μm以下,特佳為0.01μm以下。具體而言,例如,在作為代表性化合物的膨潤性合成雲母的情況下,作為較佳態樣,厚度為1nm~50nm左右,面尺寸(長徑)為1μm~20μm左右。Regarding the particle size of the inorganic layered compound, the average length is preferably 0.3 μm to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 5 μm. The average thickness of the particles is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 μm or less. Specifically, for example, in the case of swelling synthetic mica as a representative compound, as a preferred embodiment, the thickness is about 1 nm to 50 nm, and the surface size (length) is about 1 μm to 20 μm.

從阻氧性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,無機層狀化合物的含量相對於中間層的總質量為0.1質量%~50質量%為較佳,1質量%~20質量%為更佳。From the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, resolution and pattern formation, the content of the inorganic layered compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the intermediate layer.

中間層包含樹脂為較佳。作為中間層中所包含之樹脂,例如可以舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、聚環氧乙烷系樹脂、明膠、乙烯醚系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物。中間層中所包含之樹脂為水溶性樹脂為較佳。The middle layer preferably contains a resin. Examples of the resin contained in the middle layer include polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl pyrrolidone resins, cellulose resins, acrylamide resins, polyethylene oxide resins, gelatin, vinyl ether resins, polyamide resins, and copolymers thereof. The resin contained in the middle layer is preferably a water-soluble resin.

從抑制複數層之間的成分的混合之觀點而言,中間層中所含之樹脂為與負型感光性層中所包含之聚合物A及熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之熱塑性樹脂(鹼可溶性樹脂)中的任一者均不同的樹脂為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing mixing of components between multiple layers, the resin contained in the intermediate layer is preferably a resin different from either the polymer A contained in the negative photosensitive layer or the thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer.

又,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,中間層包含水溶性化合物為較佳,包含水溶性樹脂為更佳。 作為水溶性化合物,並沒有特別限制,但從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、多元醇類、多元醇類的氧化物加成物、聚醚類、酚衍生物及醯胺化合物之群組中之一種以上的化合物為較佳,選自包括聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、羥丙基纖維素及羥丙基甲基纖維素之群組中之至少一種水溶性樹脂為更佳。 作為水溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、丙烯醯胺樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、聚環氧乙烷樹脂、明膠、乙烯醚樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物等樹脂。 其中,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,水溶性化合物(較佳為水溶性樹脂)包含聚乙烯醇為較佳,聚乙烯醇為更佳。 聚乙烯醇的水解度並沒有特別限制,但從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,73mol%~99mol%為較佳。 又,從阻氧性、顯影性、解析性及圖案形成性的觀點而言,聚乙烯醇包含乙烯作為單體單元為較佳。 Furthermore, from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developing properties, resolvability and pattern formation properties, the intermediate layer preferably contains a water-soluble compound, and more preferably contains a water-soluble resin. There is no particular limitation on the water-soluble compound, but from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developing properties, resolvability and pattern formation properties, it is preferred to use at least one compound selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyols, oxide adducts of polyols, polyethers, phenol derivatives and amide compounds, and it is more preferred to use at least one water-soluble resin selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. As water-soluble resins, for example, water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, acrylamide resins, (meth)acrylate resins, polyethylene oxide resins, gelatin, vinyl ether resins, polyamide resins, and copolymers thereof can be cited. Among them, from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developing properties, resolvability, and pattern formation, it is preferred that the water-soluble compound (preferably a water-soluble resin) contains polyvinyl alcohol, and polyvinyl alcohol is more preferred. The degree of hydrolysis of polyvinyl alcohol is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developing properties, resolvability, and pattern formation, 73 mol% to 99 mol% is preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties, developing properties, resolvability, and pattern formation, it is preferred that polyvinyl alcohol contains ethylene as a monomer unit.

從阻氧性以及抑制塗布複數層時及塗布後保存時的成分的混合之觀點而言,中間層包含聚乙烯醇為較佳,包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮為更佳。From the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties and suppression of mixing of components when applying multiple layers and during storage after application, the intermediate layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and more preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinyl pyrrolidone.

中間層可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的樹脂。The middle layer may contain a single resin or two or more resins.

從阻氧性以及抑制塗布複數層時及塗布後保存時的成分的混合之觀點而言,中間層中的水溶性化合物的含量相對於中間層的總質量為50質量%~100質量%為較佳,70質量%~100質量%為更佳,80質量%~100質量%為進一步較佳,90質量%~100質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties and suppression of mixing of components when applying multiple layers and storing after application, the content of the water-soluble compound in the intermediate layer is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer.

又,中間層根據需要可以包含添加劑。作為添加劑,例如可以舉出界面活性劑。Furthermore, the intermediate layer may contain additives as necessary. Examples of additives include surfactants.

中間層的厚度並不受限制。中間層的平均厚度為0.1μm~5μm為較佳,0.5μm~3μm為更佳。藉由中間層的厚度在上述範圍內,不會使阻氧性下降,而能夠抑制形成複數個層時及保存時的成分的混合,並且,能夠抑制顯影時的中間層的去除時間的增大。The thickness of the intermediate layer is not limited. The average thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, and more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm. When the thickness of the intermediate layer is within the above range, the oxygen barrier property will not be reduced, and the mixing of components during the formation of multiple layers and during storage can be suppressed, and the increase in the removal time of the intermediate layer during development can be suppressed.

中間層的形成方法只要為能夠形成包含上述的成分之層之方法,則不受限制。作為中間層的形成方法,例如可以舉出在熱塑性樹脂層或感光性層的表面塗布中間層形成用組成物之後,將中間層形成用組成物的塗膜進行乾燥之方法。The method for forming the intermediate layer is not limited as long as it is a method that can form a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method for forming the intermediate layer, for example, there can be cited a method of applying the intermediate layer forming composition on the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the photosensitive layer and then drying the applied film of the intermediate layer forming composition.

作為中間層形成用組成物,例如可以舉出包含樹脂及任意的添加劑之組成物。為了調節中間層形成用組成物的黏度而使得容易形成中間層,中間層形成用組成物包含溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,只要為能夠溶解或分散樹脂之溶劑,則不受限制。溶劑為選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中之至少一種為較佳,水或水與水混合性有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。As the composition for forming the intermediate layer, for example, there can be cited a composition containing a resin and any additive. In order to adjust the viscosity of the composition for forming the intermediate layer so that the intermediate layer can be easily formed, it is preferable that the composition for forming the intermediate layer contains a solvent. As the solvent, there is no limitation as long as it is a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the resin. The solvent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of water and water-miscible organic solvents, and water or a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable.

作為水混合性有機溶劑,例如可以舉出碳數為1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及甘油。水混合性有機溶劑為碳數為1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerol. The water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably methanol or ethanol.

〔熱塑性樹脂層〕 用於本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣可以具有熱塑性樹脂層。 熱塑性樹脂層包含鹼可溶性樹脂作為熱塑性樹脂為較佳。 [Thermoplastic resin layer] The second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein may have a thermoplastic resin layer. The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, polyester resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.

從顯影性及與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂為較佳。在此,“丙烯酸樹脂”係指具有選自包括來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元之群組中之至少一種之樹脂。From the viewpoint of developing property and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an acrylic resin. Here, "acrylic resin" refers to a resin having at least one selected from the group consisting of a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and a constituent unit derived from (meth)acrylic amide.

在丙烯酸樹脂中,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元的合計含量的比例相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳。在丙烯酸樹脂中,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元的合計含量的比例相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為30質量%~100質量%為較佳,50質量%~100質量%為更佳。In the acrylic resin, the total content of the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid, the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid ester and the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid amide is preferably 50% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the acrylic resin. In the acrylic resin, the total content of the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and the constituent units derived from (meth)acrylic acid ester is preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass, and more preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass relative to the total mass of the acrylic resin.

又,鹼可溶性樹脂為具有酸基之聚合物為較佳。作為酸基,例如可以舉出羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基及膦酸基,羧基為較佳。Furthermore, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxyl group is preferred.

從顯影性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為酸值60mgKOH/g以上的鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳,酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂為更佳。酸值的上限並不受限制。鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值為200mgKOH/g以下為較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of developing properties, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more, and an acrylic resin containing a carboxyl group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is more preferred. The upper limit of the acid value is not limited. The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less.

作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,並不受限制,能夠從公知的樹脂中適當選擇使用。作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,例如可以舉出日本特開2011-95716號公報的0025段落中所記載之聚合物之中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂、日本特開2010-237589號公報的0033段落~0052段落中所記載之聚合物之中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂及日本特開2016-224162號公報的0053段落~0068段落中所記載之黏合劑聚合物之中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂。The carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is not limited and can be appropriately selected from known resins for use. Examples of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more include the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more among the polymers described in paragraph 0025 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-95716, the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more among the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-237589, and the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more among the adhesive polymers described in paragraphs 0053 to 0068 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-224162.

含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂中的具有羧基之構成單元的含量相對於含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,12質量%~30質量%為特佳。The content of the structural unit having a carboxyl group in the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5 to 50 mass %, more preferably 10 to 40 mass %, and particularly preferably 12 to 30 mass % relative to the total mass of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin.

從顯影性及與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之結構單元之丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。From the viewpoint of developing properties and adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以具有反應性基。反應性基例如為能夠加成聚合之基即可。作為反應性基,例如可以舉出乙烯性不飽和基、縮聚性基(例如,羥基及羧基)及聚加成反應性基(例如,環氧基及(封端)異氰酸酯基)。The alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group. The reactive group may be, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization. Examples of the reactive group include ethylenically unsaturated groups, condensation polymerizable groups (e.g., hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups), and polyaddition reactive groups (e.g., epoxy groups and (blocked) isocyanate groups).

鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為1,000以上為較佳,1萬~10萬為更佳,2萬~5萬為特佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 50,000.

熱塑性樹脂層亦可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂。The thermoplastic resin layer may also include one or more alkali-soluble resins.

從顯影性及與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~99質量%為較佳,20質量%~90質量%為更佳,40質量%~80質量%為進一步較佳,50質量%~70質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% to 99% by mass, more preferably 20% to 90% by mass, further preferably 40% to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% to 70% by mass based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.

熱塑性樹脂層包含顯色時的波長範圍亦即400nm~780nm中的最大吸收波長為450nm以上,且最大吸收波長藉由酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(以下,有時稱為“色素B”。)為較佳。色素B的較佳態樣除了後述之點以外,與上述之色素N的較佳態樣相同。The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a pigment (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "pigment B") whose maximum absorption wavelength is 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm when developing color, and whose maximum absorption wavelength changes by acid, alkali or free radical. The preferred embodiment of pigment B is the same as the preferred embodiment of pigment N described above except for the following points.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點而言,色素B為最大吸收波長藉由酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,最大吸收波長藉由酸而發生變化之色素為更佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part, visibility of the non-exposed part, and resolvability, it is preferable that the dye B is a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid or free radicals, and it is more preferable that the dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by acid.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含作為色素B的最大吸收波長藉由酸而發生變化之色素和後述之化合物C為較佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part, visibility of the non-exposed part, and resolution, it is preferred that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid as the dye B and a compound C described later.

熱塑性樹脂層亦可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的色素B。The thermoplastic resin layer may also contain one or more pigments B.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,色素B的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.2質量%~6質量%為更佳,0.2質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.25質量%~3.0質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the content of the pigment B is preferably 0.2 mass % or more, more preferably 0.2 mass % to 6 mass %, further preferably 0.2 mass % to 5 mass %, and particularly preferably 0.25 mass % to 3.0 mass % relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.

在此,色素B的含量係指使熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之所有色素B成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例子,對色素B的含量的定量方法進行說明。製備在甲基乙基酮(100mL)中分別溶解色素(0.001g)及色素(0.01g)而成之兩種溶液。向所得到之各溶液中加入作為光自由基聚合起始劑的IRGACURE OXE01(BASF公司製造)之後,藉由照射365nm的光而產生自由基,使所有色素成為顯色狀態。接著,在大氣環境下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,Shimadzu Corporation製造)測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,並製作校準曲線。接著,代替色素而將熱塑性樹脂層(0.1g)溶解於甲基乙基酮,除此以外,以與上述相同的方法,測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。根據所得到之含有熱塑性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之色素的量。Here, the content of pigment B refers to the content of pigment when all pigments B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer are in a colored state. Below, the quantitative method of the content of pigment B is explained by taking the pigment that develops color by free radicals as an example. Two solutions are prepared by dissolving the pigment (0.001g) and the pigment (0.01g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100mL). After adding IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) as a photoradical polymerization initiator to each of the obtained solutions, free radicals are generated by irradiating 365nm light to make all the pigments in a colored state. Then, in an atmospheric environment, the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25°C is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve is prepared. Next, the absorbance of the solution in which the pigment is completely colored was measured in the same manner as above except that the thermoplastic resin layer (0.1 g) was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the pigment. The amount of pigment contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was calculated based on the calibration curve from the absorbance of the solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer obtained.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含藉由光而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物(以下,有時稱為“化合物C”。)。化合物C為受到活性光線(例如,紫外線及可見光線)而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物為較佳。作為化合物C,可以舉出公知的光酸產生劑、光鹼產生劑及光自由基聚合起始劑(光自由基產生劑)。化合物C為光酸產生劑為較佳。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a free radical by light (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "compound C"). Compound C is preferably a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a free radical by active light (e.g., ultraviolet light and visible light). Examples of compound C include known photoacid generators, photoalkali generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators). Compound C is preferably a photoacid generator.

從解析性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含光酸產生劑為較佳。作為光酸產生劑,可以舉出上述之感光性層中可以包含之光陽離子聚合起始劑,除了後述之點以外,較佳態樣亦相同。From the analytical point of view, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a photoacid generator. As the photoacid generator, the photocationic ion polymerization initiator that can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive layer can be cited. Except for the points described below, the preferred embodiment is the same.

從靈敏度及解析性的觀點而言,光酸產生劑包含選自包括鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物之群組中之至少一種為較佳,從靈敏度、解析性及密接性的觀點而言,包含肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolvability, the photoacid generator preferably comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of an onium salt compound and an oxime sulfonate compound. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, resolvability and adhesion, it is more preferably comprises an oxime sulfonate compound.

又,光酸產生劑為具有以下的結構之光酸產生劑亦為較佳。Furthermore, the photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator having the following structure.

[化學式18] [Chemical formula 18]

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光鹼產生劑。作為光鹼產生劑,例如可以舉出2-硝基苄基環己基胺甲酸酯、三苯基甲醇、O-胺甲醯基羥基醯胺、O-胺甲醯基肟、[[(2,6-二硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]環己基胺、雙[[(2-硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]己烷-1,6-二胺、4-(甲硫基苯甲醯基)-1-甲基-1-口末啉基乙烷、(4-口末啉基苯甲醯基)-1-苄基-1-二甲基胺基丙烷、N-(2-硝基苄氧基羰基)吡咯啶、六胺合鈷(III)三(三苯基甲基硼酸鹽)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)丁酮、2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2-硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶及2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2,4-二硝基苯基)-1,4-二氫吡啶。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator. Examples of the photobase generator include 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-aminoformylhydroxyamide, O-aminoformyloxime, [[(2,6-dinitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]cyclohexylamine, bis[[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]hexane-1,6-diamine, 4-(methylthiobenzoyl)-1-methyl-1-mercaptoethane, (4-mercaptobenzoyl)-1-benzyl-1- Dimethylaminopropane, N-(2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine, hexaminecobalt(III)tris(triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-hydroxy-1-nitrophenyl)butanone, 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diethyl-4-(2-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine and 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diethyl-4-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含光自由基聚合起始劑。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可以舉出上述之感光性層中可以包含之光自由基聚合起始劑,較佳態樣亦相同。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photo-radical polymerization initiator. Examples of the photo-radical polymerization initiator include the photo-radical polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, and the preferred embodiments are the same.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的化合物C。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one or more compounds C.

從曝光部的可見性、非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點而言,化合物C的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part, visibility of the non-exposed part, and resolution, the content of the compound C is preferably 0.1 mass % to 10 mass %, and more preferably 0.5 mass % to 5 mass %, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.

從解析性、與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含塑化劑為較佳。From the viewpoints of resolvability, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability, it is preferred that the thermoplastic resin layer contain a plasticizer.

塑化劑的分子量(關於寡聚物或聚合物的分子量,係指重量平均分子量(Mw)。以下,在本段落中相同。)小於鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量為較佳。塑化劑的分子量為200~2,000為較佳。The molecular weight of the plasticizer (for the molecular weight of an oligomer or polymer, it refers to the weight average molecular weight (Mw). The same applies to this paragraph below) is preferably less than the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200 to 2,000.

塑化劑只要為與鹼可溶性樹脂相容而顯現可塑性之化合物,則不受限制。從賦予可塑性之觀點而言,塑化劑為在分子中具有伸烷氧基之化合物為較佳,聚伸烷基二醇化合物為更佳。塑化劑中所包含之伸烷氧基具有選自聚伸乙氧基結構及聚伸丙氧基結構中之至少一種結構為較佳。The plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound that is compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer is preferably a compound having an alkoxy group in the molecule, and a polyalkylene glycol compound is more preferably. The alkoxy group contained in the plasticizer preferably has at least one structure selected from a polyethoxy structure and a polypropoxy structure.

從解析性及保存穩定性的觀點而言,塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。從相容性、解析性及與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂且塑化劑包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。From the viewpoints of resolvability and storage stability, it is preferred that the plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound. From the viewpoints of compatibility, resolvability, and adhesion to a layer adjacent to a thermoplastic resin layer, it is more preferred that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound.

作為用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,例如可以舉出在上述乙烯性不飽和化合物中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。在感光性轉印材料中,在熱塑性樹脂層與感光性層直接接觸而配置的情況下,熱塑性樹脂層及感光性層分別包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。這是因為,藉由熱塑性樹脂層及感光性層分別包含相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,可抑制層間的成分擴散,從而保存穩定性提高。As the (meth)acrylate compound used as the plasticizer, for example, the (meth)acrylate compounds listed in the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compounds can be cited. In the case where the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer are directly in contact with each other in the photosensitive transfer material, it is preferred that the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer contain the same (meth)acrylate compound. This is because when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive layer contain the same (meth)acrylate compound, the diffusion of components between the layers can be suppressed, thereby improving the storage stability.

當熱塑性樹脂層包含(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物作為塑化劑時,從與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物在曝光後的曝光部中亦不聚合為較佳。When the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth)acrylate compound as a plasticizer, it is preferred that the (meth)acrylate compound is not polymerized in the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion with the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.

在一實施態樣中,從解析性、與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為在一個分子中具有2個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In one embodiment, the (meth)acrylate compound used as the plasticizer is preferably a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more (meth)acryloyl groups in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability.

在一實施態樣中,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為具有酸基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物或胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In one embodiment, the (meth)acrylate compound used as the plasticizer is preferably a (meth)acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth)acrylate compound.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的塑化劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one or more plasticizers.

從解析性、與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點而言,塑化劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為1質量%~70質量%為較佳,10質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of resolvability, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability, the content of the plasticizer is preferably 1 mass % to 70 mass % relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer, more preferably 10 mass % to 60 mass % and particularly preferably 20 mass % to 50 mass %

從厚度均勻性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層包含界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,例如可以舉出上述之感光性層中可以包含之界面活性劑,較佳態樣亦相同。From the perspective of thickness uniformity, it is preferred that the thermoplastic resin layer contains a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the surfactants that can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, and the preferred embodiments are the same.

熱塑性樹脂層亦可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的界面活性劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may also contain one or more surfactants.

界面活性劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 mass % to 10 mass % relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer, and more preferably 0.01 mass % to 3 mass %.

熱塑性樹脂層可以包含增感劑。作為增感劑,例如可以舉出上述之負型感光性層中可以包含之增感劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer. Examples of the sensitizer include the sensitizers that may be contained in the negative photosensitive layer.

熱塑性樹脂層亦可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的增感劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may also contain one or more sensitizers.

從提高對光源的靈敏度、曝光部的可見性及非曝光部的可見性的觀點而言,增感劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the non-exposed part, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 mass % to 5 mass %, and more preferably 0.05 mass % to 1 mass % relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.

熱塑性樹脂層除了上述成分以外,根據需要可以包含公知的添加劑。The thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives in addition to the above-mentioned components as necessary.

又,關於熱塑性樹脂層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0189段落~0193段落中。上述公報的內容藉由參照被編入本說明書中。The thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

熱塑性樹脂層的厚度並不受限制。從與和熱塑性樹脂層鄰接之層的密接性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度為1μm以上為較佳,2μm以上為更佳。熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度的上限並不受限制。從顯影性及解析性的觀點而言,熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為特佳。The thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more, and more preferably 2 μm or more. The upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolvability, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less.

熱塑性樹脂層之形成方法只要為能夠形成包含上述的成分之層之方法,則不受限制。作為熱塑性樹脂層之形成方法,例如可以舉出在偽支撐體的表面塗布熱塑性樹脂組成物並對熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜進行乾燥之方法。The method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method that can form a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer, for example, a method of coating a thermoplastic resin composition on the surface of the pseudo-support and drying the coating of the thermoplastic resin composition can be cited.

作為熱塑性樹脂組成物,例如可以舉出包含上述的成分之組成物。為了調節熱塑性樹脂組成物的黏度而使得容易形成熱塑性樹脂層,熱塑性樹脂組成物包含溶劑為較佳。As the thermoplastic resin composition, for example, there can be mentioned a composition containing the above-mentioned components. In order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and make it easy to form a thermoplastic resin layer, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin composition contains a solvent.

作為熱塑性樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑,只要為能夠溶解或分散熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之成分之溶劑,則不受限制。作為溶劑,可以舉出上述之感光性層形成用組成物可以包含之溶劑,較佳態樣亦相同。The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer. As the solvent, the solvent that can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive layer forming composition can be cited, and the preferred embodiment is the same.

熱塑性樹脂組成物亦可以包含單獨一種或兩種以上的溶劑。The thermoplastic resin composition may also contain one or more solvents.

熱塑性樹脂組成物中的溶劑的含量相對於熱塑性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。The content of the solvent in the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and more preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition.

熱塑性樹脂組成物的製備及熱塑性樹脂層的形成依照上述之感光性層形成用組成物的製備方法及負型感光性層之形成方法進行即可。例如,藉由事先製備將熱塑性樹脂層中所包含之各成分溶解於溶劑中而成的溶液並以既定的比例混合所得到之各溶液來製備熱塑性樹脂組成物之後,將所得到之熱塑性樹脂組成物塗布於偽支撐體的表面,並使熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥,藉此能夠形成熱塑性樹脂層。又,在覆蓋膜上形成感光性層之後,可以在感光性層的表面形成熱塑性樹脂層。The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer can be carried out according to the preparation method of the composition for forming the photosensitive layer and the formation method of the negative photosensitive layer described above. For example, after preparing a solution in which each component included in the thermoplastic resin layer is dissolved in a solvent and the obtained solutions are mixed in a predetermined ratio to prepare the thermoplastic resin composition, the obtained thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of the pseudo-support, and the applied film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried to form the thermoplastic resin layer. Alternatively, after forming the photosensitive layer on the cover film, the thermoplastic resin layer can be formed on the surface of the photosensitive layer.

〔覆蓋膜〕 感光性轉印材料具有覆蓋膜為較佳。 另外,覆蓋膜不包含於上述轉印層中。 感光性層與覆蓋膜直接接觸為較佳。 [Coating film] The photosensitive transfer material preferably has a coating film. In addition, the coating film is not included in the above-mentioned transfer layer. It is preferred that the photosensitive layer and the coating film are in direct contact.

作為構成覆蓋膜之材料,可以舉出樹脂薄膜及紙,從強度及可撓性的觀點而言,樹脂薄膜為較佳。 作為樹脂薄膜,可以舉出聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。其中,聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜或聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。 As materials constituting the covering film, resin films and paper can be cited. From the viewpoint of strength and flexibility, resin films are preferred. As resin films, polyethylene films, polypropylene films, polyethylene terephthalate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, and polycarbonate films can be cited. Among them, polyethylene films, polypropylene films, or polyethylene terephthalate films are preferred.

覆蓋膜的厚度(層厚)並不受特別限制,但5μm~100μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳。 從輸送性、樹脂圖案的缺陷抑制性及解析性的觀點而言,覆蓋膜中的與上述感光性層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為覆蓋膜中的上述感光性層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra以下為較佳,小於覆蓋膜中的上述感光性層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為更佳。 從輸送性及捲取性的觀點而言,覆蓋膜中的與上述感光性層側相反的一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為300nm以下為較佳,100nm以下為更佳,70nm以下為進一步較佳,50nm以下為特佳。 又,從解析性更優異的觀點而言,覆蓋膜中的上述感光性層側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為300nm以下為較佳,100nm以下為更佳,70nm以下為進一步較佳,50nm以下為特佳。認為這是由於,藉由覆蓋膜的表面的Ra值在上述範圍內,感光性層及所形成之樹脂圖案的層厚的均勻性提高。 覆蓋膜的表面的Ra值的下限並不受特別限制,但兩面均分別為1nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳,20nm以上為特佳。 又,覆蓋膜的剝離力小於偽支撐體的剝離力為較佳。 The thickness (layer thickness) of the covering film is not particularly limited, but 5μm to 100μm is preferred, and 10μm to 50μm is more preferred. From the perspective of transportability, defect suppression of the resin pattern, and analytical performance, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the photosensitive layer side in the covering film is preferably less than the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer side in the covering film, and more preferably less than the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer side in the covering film. From the perspective of transportability and winding performance, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side opposite to the photosensitive layer in the covering film is preferably 300nm or less, more preferably 100nm or less, further preferably 70nm or less, and particularly preferably 50nm or less. In addition, from the perspective of better resolution, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the photosensitive layer side in the covering film is preferably 300nm or less, more preferably 100nm or less, further preferably 70nm or less, and particularly preferably 50nm or less. This is believed to be because the uniformity of the thickness of the photosensitive layer and the formed resin pattern is improved by the Ra value of the surface of the covering film being within the above range. The lower limit of the Ra value of the surface of the covering film is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 nm or more on both sides, more preferably 10 nm or more, and particularly preferably 20 nm or more. In addition, it is preferred that the peeling force of the covering film is smaller than the peeling force of the pseudo-support.

感光性轉印材料可以具備除上述之層以外的層(以下,亦稱為“其他層”。)。作為其他層,例如可以舉出對比度增強層(contrast enhancement layer)。 關於對比度增強層,記載於國際公開第2018/179640號的0134段落中。又,關於其他層,記載於日本特開2014-85643號公報的0194~0196段落中。 該等公報的內容被編入本說明書中。 The photosensitive transfer material may have layers other than the above layers (hereinafter, also referred to as "other layers"). As other layers, for example, a contrast enhancement layer can be cited. The contrast enhancement layer is described in paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640. In addition, other layers are described in paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-85643. The contents of these publications are incorporated into this specification.

感光性轉印材料的總厚度為5μm~55μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳,20μm~40μm為特佳。感光性轉印材料的總厚度藉由依照上述各層的厚度的測量方法之方法進行測量。 從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,感光性轉印材料中的除偽支撐體及覆蓋膜以外的各層的總厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,2μm以上且8μm以下為特佳。 又,從進一步發揮本揭示中的效果之觀點而言,感光性轉印材料中的感光性層、中間層及熱塑性樹脂層的總厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,8μm以下為進一步較佳,2μm以上8μm以下為特佳。 The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5μm to 55μm, more preferably 10μm to 50μm, and particularly preferably 20μm to 40μm. The total thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by the method for measuring the thickness of each layer described above. From the perspective of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the total thickness of each layer in the photosensitive transfer material except the pseudo-support and the covering film is preferably 20μm or less, more preferably 10μm or less, further preferably 8μm or less, and particularly preferably 2μm or more and 8μm or less. Furthermore, from the perspective of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the total thickness of the photosensitive layer, the intermediate layer, and the thermoplastic resin layer in the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, further preferably 8 μm or less, and particularly preferably 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less.

<顏料> 感光性層可以成為包含顏料之著色樹脂層。 近年來,電子機器所具有之液晶顯示窗上有時為了保護液晶顯示窗而安裝有在透明的玻璃基板等的背面周緣部形成有黑色的框狀遮光層之蓋玻璃(cover glass)。為了形成這種遮光層,能夠使用著色樹脂層。 作為顏料,只要根據所期望的色相適當選擇即可,能夠從黑色顏料、白色顏料、除黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料中選擇。其中,當形成黑色系的圖案時,作為顏料,較佳地選擇黑色顏料。 <Pigment> The photosensitive layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment. In recent years, a cover glass having a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer formed on the periphery of the back of a transparent glass substrate or the like is sometimes installed on the liquid crystal display window of electronic equipment to protect the liquid crystal display window. A colored resin layer can be used to form such a light-shielding layer. As a pigment, it is sufficient to select it appropriately according to the desired hue, and it can be selected from black pigment, white pigment, and color pigments other than black and white. Among them, when forming a black pattern, it is preferable to select a black pigment as a pigment.

作為黑色顏料,只要在不損害本揭示中的效果之範圍內,則能夠適當選擇公知的黑色顏料(有機顏料或無機顏料等)。其中,從光學濃度的觀點而言,作為黑色顏料,例如可以較佳地舉出碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵、氧化鈦及石墨等,碳黑為特佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻的觀點而言,表面的至少一部分被樹脂被覆之碳黑為較佳。As the black pigment, a known black pigment (organic pigment or inorganic pigment, etc.) can be appropriately selected as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired. Among them, from the viewpoint of optical density, carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide and graphite can be preferably cited as the black pigment, and carbon black is particularly preferred. As the carbon black, from the viewpoint of surface resistance, carbon black at least a part of the surface is coated with resin is preferred.

從分散穩定性的觀點而言,黑色顏料的粒徑以數量平均粒徑計為0.001μm~0.1μm為較佳,0.01μm~0.08μm為更佳。 在此,粒徑係指根據用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片圖像求出顏料粒子的面積並考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑,數量平均粒徑為對任意100個粒子求出上述的粒徑並將所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而得到之平均值。 From the perspective of dispersion stability, the particle size of the black pigment is preferably 0.001μm to 0.1μm, and more preferably 0.01μm to 0.08μm, in terms of the number average particle size. Here, the particle size refers to the diameter of a circle obtained by calculating the area of the pigment particle from a photograph of the pigment particle taken with an electron microscope and taking into account a circle with the same area as the pigment particle. The number average particle size is the average value obtained by calculating the above particle size for any 100 particles and averaging the 100 particle sizes obtained.

作為除黑色顏料以外的顏料,關於白色顏料,能夠使用日本特開2005-007765號公報的0015及0114段落中所記載之白色顏料。具體而言,在白色顏料之中,作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳。作為無機顏料,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型的氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型的氧化鈦為特佳。 又,氧化鈦的表面可以實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施兩種以上的處理。藉此,可抑制氧化鈦的觸媒活性,耐熱性及褪光性等得到改善。 從使加熱後的感光性層的厚度變薄之觀點而言,作為對氧化鈦的表面的表面處理,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,包括氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者之表面處理為特佳。 As pigments other than black pigments, white pigments described in paragraphs 0015 and 0114 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2005-007765 can be used. Specifically, among white pigments, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zinc barium white, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or barium sulfate are preferred as inorganic pigments, titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferred, and titanium oxide is further preferred. As inorganic pigments, rutile or ferroxene titanium oxide is further preferred, and rutile titanium oxide is particularly preferred. In addition, the surface of titanium oxide can be treated with silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, titanium dioxide, zirconia or organic matter, or two or more treatments can be performed. In this way, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide can be suppressed, and heat resistance and fading properties can be improved. From the perspective of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive layer after heating, as the surface treatment of the titanium oxide surface, at least one of aluminum oxide treatment and zirconia treatment is preferred, and a surface treatment including both aluminum oxide treatment and zirconia treatment is particularly preferred.

又,當感光性層為著色樹脂層時,從轉印性的觀點而言,感光性層進一步包含除黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦為較佳。當包含彩色顏料時,作為彩色顏料的粒徑,在分散性更優異的觀點上,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。 作為彩色顏料,例如可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index(比色指數)(以下C.I.)42595)、金黃胺(C.I.41000)、脂肪黑(fat black)HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾萊特黃(monolight yellow)GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃(permanent yellow)GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久胭脂紅(permanent carmine)FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、赫斯塔巴姆紅(hostaperm red)ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久寶石紅(permanent ruby)FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉紅(pastel pink)B司普拉(supura)(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉堅牢藍(monastral fast blue)(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾萊特堅牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23等。其中,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。 Furthermore, when the photosensitive layer is a colored resin layer, it is also preferable from the perspective of transferability that the photosensitive layer further includes color pigments other than black pigments and white pigments. When color pigments are included, the particle size of the color pigment is preferably less than 0.1 μm, and more preferably less than 0.08 μm, from the perspective of better dispersibility. Examples of color pigments include Victoria Blue BO (Color Index (C.I.) 42595), aureum (C.I. 41000), fat black HB (C.I. 26150), monolight yellow GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), permanent yellow GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), permanent yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), permanent carmine FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146), hostaperm red ESB (C.I. Pigment Purple 19), permanent ruby FBH (C.I. Pigment Red 11), and pastel pink (C.I. Pigment Red 83). Pink) B supura (C.I. Pigment Red 81), Monastral Fast Blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monolite Fast Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1) and carbon, C.I. Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64 and C.I. Pigment Purple 23. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 177 is the best.

當感光性層包含顏料時,作為顏料的含量,相對於感光性層的總質量,超過3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,超過3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,超過5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以上且35質量%以下為特佳。When the photosensitive layer contains a pigment, the content of the pigment is preferably greater than 3 mass % and less than 40 mass %, more preferably greater than 3 mass % and less than 35 mass %, further preferably greater than 5 mass % and less than 35 mass %, and particularly preferably greater than 10 mass % and less than 35 mass %, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

當感光性層包含除黑色顏料以外的顏料(白色顏料及彩色顏料)時,除黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料為30質量%以下為較佳,1質量%~20質量%為更佳,3質量%~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive layer contains pigments other than black pigment (white pigment and color pigment), the content of the pigments other than black pigment is preferably 30 mass % or less, more preferably 1 mass % to 20 mass %, and even more preferably 3 mass % to 15 mass % relative to the black pigment.

另外,當感光性層包含黑色顏料且感光性層由感光性樹脂組成物形成時,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到感光性樹脂組成物中為較佳。 分散液可以為藉由將事先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而得到之混合物加入到有機溶劑(或媒液(vehicle))中並且用分散機使其分散而製備者。顏料分散劑只要根據顏料及溶劑選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。另外,媒液係指製成顏料分散液時使顏料分散之媒質部分,其為液狀,包含將黑色顏料以分散狀態保持之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。 In addition, when the photosensitive layer includes a black pigment and the photosensitive layer is formed of a photosensitive resin composition, it is preferred that the black pigment (preferably carbon black) is introduced into the photosensitive resin composition in the form of a pigment dispersion. The dispersion can be prepared by adding a mixture obtained by mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant in advance to an organic solvent (or vehicle) and dispersing it with a disperser. The pigment dispersant can be selected according to the pigment and the solvent, for example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. In addition, the vehicle refers to the medium part that disperses the pigment when the pigment dispersion is prepared, which is in a liquid state and includes a binder component that keeps the black pigment in a dispersed state and a solvent component (organic solvent) that dissolves and dilutes the binder component.

作為分散機,並沒有特別限制,例如可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機(attritor)、超級研磨機(super mill)、溶解器(dissolver)、均質混合器(homo mixer)及砂磨機(sand mill)等公知的分散機。再者,亦可以藉由機械式磨碎,利用摩擦力進行微粉碎。關於分散機及微粉碎,能夠參照“顏料辭典”(朝倉邦造著,第一版,朝倉書店,2000年,438頁,310頁)的記載。There is no particular limitation on the dispersing machine, and examples thereof include kneaders, roller mills, attritors, super mills, dissolvers, homomixers, sand mills, and other known dispersing machines. Furthermore, mechanical grinding may be used to perform fine pulverization using friction. For dispersing machines and fine pulverization, reference may be made to the description of "Dictionary of Pigments" (written by Kunizo Asakura, first edition, Asakura Bookstore, 2000, pages 438 and 310).

(感光性轉印材料之製造方法) 本揭示之感光性轉印材料之製造方法的第一實施態樣,包括如下步驟:在覆蓋膜上賦予感光性層形成用組成物而形成感光性層之步驟;在上述感光性層上賦予粒子層形成用組成物而形成在表面具有凸結構之粒子層之步驟;及將偽支撐體以與上述粒子層接觸之方式貼合於上述粒子層的具有上述凸結構之表面之步驟,上述粒子層中的不存在上述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於上述粒子層中所包含之粒子的算術平均粒徑。 本揭示之感光性轉印材料之製造方法的第二實施態樣,包括如下步驟:在覆蓋膜上賦予感光性層形成用組成物而形成感光性層之步驟;在上述感光性層上賦予中間層形成用組成物而形成中間層之步驟;在上述中間層上賦予粒子層形成用組成物而形成粒子層之步驟;及將偽支撐體以與上述粒子層接觸之方式貼合於上述粒子層上之步驟。 (Manufacturing method of photosensitive transfer material) The first embodiment of the manufacturing method of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein includes the following steps: a step of providing a photosensitive layer-forming composition on a cover film to form a photosensitive layer; a step of providing a particle layer-forming composition on the photosensitive layer to form a particle layer having a convex structure on the surface; and a step of attaching a pseudo-support to the surface of the particle layer having the convex structure in a manner of contacting the particle layer, wherein the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is less than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer. The second embodiment of the method for manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein includes the following steps: a step of providing a photosensitive layer-forming composition on a cover film to form a photosensitive layer; a step of providing an intermediate layer-forming composition on the photosensitive layer to form an intermediate layer; a step of providing a particle layer-forming composition on the intermediate layer to form a particle layer; and a step of attaching a pseudo-support to the particle layer in a manner that the pseudo-support is in contact with the particle layer.

另外,在本說明書中,當沒有特別指定而簡稱為“本揭示之感光性轉印材料之製造方法”時,對上述第一實施態樣及上述第二實施態樣這兩者進行敘述。又,當沒有特別指定而簡稱為“形成感光性層之步驟”等時,對上述第一實施態樣及上述第二實施態樣這兩者的形成感光性層之步驟等進行敘述。In addition, in this specification, when it is not particularly specified and is simply referred to as "the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention", both the first embodiment and the second embodiment are described. In addition, when it is not particularly specified and is simply referred to as "the step of forming a photosensitive layer", the step of forming a photosensitive layer, etc. of both the first embodiment and the second embodiment are described.

以下,參照圖1對本揭示之感光性轉印材料之製造方法的第二實施態樣進行說明。但是,本揭示之感光性轉印材料並不限於具有圖1所示之構成者。 圖1係表示本揭示之感光性轉印材料的第二實施態樣中的層構成的一例之概略剖面圖。圖1所示之感光性轉印材料20具有依序積層有偽支撐體11、粒子層18、熱塑性樹脂層13、中間層15、感光性層17及覆蓋膜19之構成。 The second embodiment of the method for manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention is described below with reference to FIG. 1. However, the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention is not limited to the one having the structure shown in FIG. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure in the second embodiment of the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention. The photosensitive transfer material 20 shown in FIG. 1 has a structure in which a pseudo-support 11, a particle layer 18, a thermoplastic resin layer 13, an intermediate layer 15, a photosensitive layer 17 and a covering film 19 are sequentially layered.

作為上述的感光性轉印材料20之製造方法,例如可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在覆蓋膜19上塗布感光性層形成用組成物之後,使感光性層形成用組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成感光性層17之步驟;在感光性層17的表面塗布中間層形成用組成物之後,使中間層形成用組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成中間層15之步驟;在中間層15的表面塗布熱塑性樹脂組成物之後,使熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成熱塑性樹脂層13之步驟;在熱塑性樹脂層13的表面塗布粒子層形成層組成物之後,使粒子層形成層組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成粒子層18之步驟;及使偽支撐體11壓接於粒子層18之步驟。 在上述的製造方法中,使用含有選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中之至少一種之粒子層形成用組成物、含有選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種之熱塑性樹脂組成物、含有選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中之至少一種之中間層形成用組成物、含有重合性化合物、聚合起始劑以及選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中之至少一種之感光性層形成用組成物為較佳。藉此,能夠抑制形成各層時的各層的成分的混合。 As a method for manufacturing the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material 20, for example, there can be cited a method including the following steps: after coating a photosensitive layer forming composition on the cover film 19, the coating of the photosensitive layer forming composition is dried to form a photosensitive layer 17; after coating an intermediate layer forming composition on the surface of the photosensitive layer 17, the coating of the intermediate layer forming composition is dried to form an intermediate layer; The step of forming a layer 15; the step of drying the film of the thermoplastic resin composition after coating the surface of the intermediate layer 15 to form a thermoplastic resin layer 13; the step of drying the film of the particle layer forming layer composition after coating the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 13 to form a particle layer 18; and the step of pressing the pseudo support 11 to the particle layer 18. In the above-mentioned manufacturing method, it is preferred to use a particle layer forming composition containing at least one selected from the group including water and water-miscible organic solvents, a thermoplastic resin composition containing at least one selected from the group including alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, an intermediate layer forming composition containing at least one selected from the group including water and water-miscible organic solvents, and a photosensitive layer forming composition containing a superposition compound, a polymerization initiator, and at least one selected from the group including alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents. In this way, mixing of the components of each layer when forming each layer can be suppressed.

藉由使偽支撐體11壓接於利用上述的製造方法製造之積層體的粒子層18來製造感光性轉印材料20。 在藉由上述的製造方法製造感光性轉印材料20之後,可以藉由捲取感光性轉印材料20來製作及保管卷形態的感光性轉印材料。卷形態的感光性轉印材料能夠以該形態直接提供到後述之基於卷對卷方式之與基板貼合之步驟。 The photosensitive transfer material 20 is manufactured by pressing the pseudo support 11 against the particle layer 18 of the laminate manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method. After the photosensitive transfer material 20 is manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method, the photosensitive transfer material 20 can be rolled up to manufacture and store the roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material. The roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material can be directly provided in this form to the step of laminating with the substrate based on the roll-to-roll method described later.

又,作為本揭示之感光性轉印材料之製造方法的第一實施態樣,可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在覆蓋膜上塗布感光性層形成用組成物之後,使感光性層形成用組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成感光性層之步驟;在感光性層的表面塗布粒子層形成層組成物之後,使粒子層形成層組成物的塗膜乾燥而形成在表面具有凸結構之粒子層之步驟;及使偽支撐體壓接於粒子層的具有凸結構之表面之步驟。Furthermore, as a first embodiment of the method for manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, there can be cited a method comprising the following steps: after coating a photosensitive layer forming composition on a covering film, drying the coating of the photosensitive layer forming composition to form a photosensitive layer; after coating a particle layer forming layer composition on the surface of the photosensitive layer, drying the coating of the particle layer forming layer composition to form a particle layer having a convex structure on the surface; and pressing a pseudo-support body against the surface of the particle layer having a convex structure.

本揭示之感光性轉印材料能夠較佳地用於需要基於光微影之精密微細加工之各種用途。將感光性層進行圖案化之後,可以將感光性層作為被膜進行蝕刻,亦可以進行以電鍍為主體之電鑄。又,藉由圖案化而得到之硬化膜可以用作永久膜,例如可以用作層間絕緣膜、配線保護膜、具有折射率匹配層之配線保護膜等。又,本揭示之感光性轉印材料能夠較佳地用於半導體封裝、印刷基板、感測器基板的各種配線形成用途、觸控面板、電磁波屏蔽材料、薄膜加熱器之類的導電性薄膜、液晶密封材料、微機械或微電子領域中的結構物的形成等用途。The photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein can be preferably used for various applications that require precision micro-processing based on photolithography. After the photosensitive layer is patterned, the photosensitive layer can be etched as a coating, or electroplating can be performed. In addition, the cured film obtained by patterning can be used as a permanent film, for example, it can be used as an interlayer insulation film, a wiring protection film, a wiring protection film with a refractive index matching layer, etc. In addition, the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein can be preferably used for various wiring formation purposes of semiconductor packaging, printed circuit boards, sensor substrates, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as thin film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, and the formation of structures in the fields of micro-machines or micro-electronics.

又,本揭示之感光性轉印材料還可以較佳地舉出感光性層為包含顏料之著色樹脂層的態樣。 作為著色樹脂層的用途,除了上述以外,例如適合於形成用於液晶顯示裝置(LCD)以及固體攝像元件〔例如,CCD(charge-coupled device:電荷耦合元件)及CMOS(complementary metal oxide semiconductor:互補金屬氧化物半導體)〕之濾色器等的著色像素或黑矩陣之用途。 關於著色樹脂層中的除顏料以外的態樣,與上述之態樣相同。 In addition, the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention can also preferably be used in a state where the photosensitive layer is a colored resin layer containing a pigment. In addition to the above-mentioned uses of the colored resin layer, for example, it is suitable for forming colored pixels or black matrices such as filters for liquid crystal display devices (LCDs) and solid-state imaging devices [for example, CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors)]. Regarding the state other than the pigment in the colored resin layer, it is the same as the above-mentioned state.

(樹脂圖案之製造方法及電路配線之製造方法) 本揭示之樹脂圖案之製造方法為使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料在基板上形成樹脂圖案之樹脂圖案之製造方法。 作為本揭示之樹脂圖案之製造方法,依序包括如下步驟為較佳:剝離本揭示之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟(以下,亦稱為“覆蓋膜剝離步驟”。);使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟(以下,亦稱為“貼合步驟”。);從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟(以下,亦稱為“偽支撐體剝離步驟”。);使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟(以下,亦稱為“曝光步驟”。);及對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟(以下,亦稱為“圖案形成步驟”。)。 另外,將在樹脂圖案之製造方法、電路配線之製造方法及電子裝置之製造方法中的貼合步驟中與上述基板貼合之上述感光性轉印材料設為不具有覆蓋膜者。在為具有覆蓋膜之感光性轉印材料的情況下,樹脂圖案之製造方法、積層體之製造方法、電路配線之製造方法或電子裝置之製造方法分別在貼合步驟之前包括剝離覆蓋膜之步驟。 (Manufacturing method of resin pattern and manufacturing method of circuit wiring) The manufacturing method of resin pattern disclosed herein is a manufacturing method of resin pattern that forms a resin pattern on a substrate using the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein. As the manufacturing method of resin pattern disclosed herein, it is preferred to include the following steps in sequence: a step of peeling off the above-mentioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein (hereinafter, also referred to as "covering film peeling step"); a step of bringing the outermost layer of the above-mentioned photosensitive layer side in the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material from which the above-mentioned covering film has been peeled into contact with and laminating with a support having a conductive layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "laminating step"). ”); a step of peeling off the pseudo-support from the particle layer (hereinafter, also referred to as the “pseudo-support peeling step”); a step of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the particle layer and exposing the photosensitive layer in a pattern through the exposure mask (hereinafter, also referred to as the “exposure step”); and a step of developing the photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as the “pattern forming step”). In addition, the photosensitive transfer material bonded to the substrate in the bonding step in the resin pattern manufacturing method, the circuit wiring manufacturing method, and the electronic device manufacturing method is set to have no covering film. In the case of a photosensitive transfer material having a cover film, the method for manufacturing a resin pattern, the method for manufacturing a laminate, the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, or the method for manufacturing an electronic device includes a step of peeling off the cover film before the lamination step.

本揭示之電路配線之製造方法只要為使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料之方法,則不受特別限制。 作為本揭示之電路配線之製造方法,依序包括剝離本揭示之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟、使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟、從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟、使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟、對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟、將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟(以下,亦稱為“蝕刻步驟”。)之電路配線之製造方法或依序包括剝離本揭示之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟、使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟、從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟、使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟、對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟、將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩在上述導電性層上實施電鍍之步驟(以下,亦稱為“鍍覆步驟”。)、剝離所形成之上述樹脂圖案之步驟及對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟之電路配線之製造方法為較佳。 以下,對樹脂圖案之製造方法及電路配線之製造方法所包括之各步驟進行說明,但除了特別提及之情況以外,對樹脂圖案之製造方法中所包括之各步驟說明之內容亦適用於電路配線之製造方法中所包括之各步驟。 The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring disclosed in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a method using the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention. The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring disclosed in the present invention sequentially includes the steps of peeling off the above-mentioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material disclosed in the present invention, making the outermost layer of the above-mentioned photosensitive layer side of the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material from which the above-mentioned covering film is peeled off contact with and bonded to a support having a conductive layer, peeling off the above-mentioned pseudo support from the above-mentioned particle layer, and making an exposure mask A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring comprising the steps of exposing the photosensitive layer in a pattern in contact with the particle layer and through the exposure mask, developing the photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern, and etching the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask (hereinafter also referred to as an "etching step") or sequentially stripping the conductive layer of the present invention. The step of removing the cover film from the photosensitive transfer material, the step of bringing the outermost layer of the photosensitive layer side of the photosensitive transfer material from which the cover film is peeled off into contact with a support having a conductive layer and laminating the outermost layer, the step of peeling the pseudo support from the particle layer, the step of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the particle layer and exposing the photosensitive layer through the exposure mask. A method for manufacturing circuit wiring that includes a step of exposing a pattern, a step of developing the photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern, a step of electroplating the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask (hereinafter also referred to as a "plating step"), a step of peeling the formed resin pattern, and a step of etching the conductive layer is preferred. Below, the steps included in the method for manufacturing a resin pattern and the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring are described, but except for the cases specifically mentioned, the contents of the description of the steps included in the method for manufacturing a resin pattern are also applicable to the steps included in the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring.

<覆蓋膜剝離步驟> 樹脂圖案之製造方法包括從本揭示之感光性轉印材料剝離上述覆蓋膜之步驟為較佳。剝離覆蓋膜之方法並不受限制,能夠適用公知的方法。 <Step of peeling off the covering film> The method for producing the resin pattern preferably includes the step of peeling off the covering film from the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein. The method of peeling off the covering film is not limited, and a known method can be applied.

<貼合步驟> 樹脂圖案之製造方法包括貼合步驟為較佳。 在貼合步驟中,使基板(在基板的表面設置有導電性層時為導電性層)與感光性轉印材料中的相對於上述偽支撐體為具有感光性層之一側的最外層接觸而使感光性轉印材料與基板壓接為較佳。若為上述態樣,則感光性轉印材料中的相對於上述偽支撐體為具有感光性層之一側的最外層與基板的密接性提高,因此形成有曝光及顯影後的圖案之感光性層能夠較佳地用作對導電性層進行蝕刻時的蝕刻光阻。 <Laminating step> The method for manufacturing a resin pattern preferably includes a laminating step. In the laminating step, the substrate (the conductive layer when a conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate) is brought into contact with the outermost layer of the photosensitive transfer material having one side of the photosensitive layer relative to the above-mentioned pseudo support, so that the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate are pressed. In the above-mentioned embodiment, the outermost layer of the photosensitive transfer material having one side of the photosensitive layer relative to the above-mentioned pseudo support is more closely attached to the substrate, so that the photosensitive layer formed with the pattern after exposure and development can be preferably used as an etching resist when etching the conductive layer.

又,當感光性轉印材料在感光性層的未與偽支撐體對向之一側的表面進一步具備除覆蓋膜以外的層(例如,高折射率層及/或低折射率層)時,貼合步驟成為感光性層的不具有偽支撐體之一側的表面與基板介隔該層而貼合之態樣。In addition, when the photosensitive transfer material further has a layer other than the covering film (for example, a high refractive index layer and/or a low refractive index layer) on the surface of the photosensitive layer on the side not opposite to the pseudo-support, the bonding step becomes a state in which the surface of the photosensitive layer on the side not having the pseudo-support is bonded to the substrate via the layer.

作為將基板與感光性轉印材料壓接之方法,並不受特別限制,能夠使用公知的轉印方法及層合方法。 感光性轉印材料對基板之貼合藉由重疊感光性轉印材料中的相對於偽支撐體為具有感光性層之一側的最外層和基板並使用輥等手段實施加壓及加熱來進行為較佳。貼合中能夠使用層合機、真空層合機及能夠進一步提高生產性之自動切割層合機等公知的層合機。 作為層合溫度,並不受特別限制,但例如為70℃~130℃為較佳。 The method of pressing the substrate and the photosensitive transfer material is not particularly limited, and known transfer methods and lamination methods can be used. The lamination of the photosensitive transfer material to the substrate is preferably performed by overlapping the outermost layer of the photosensitive transfer material having one side of the photosensitive layer relative to the pseudo support and the substrate, and applying pressure and heating using a roller or other means. For lamination, a known laminator such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an automatic cutting laminator that can further improve productivity can be used. The lamination temperature is not particularly limited, but for example, 70°C to 130°C is preferred.

包括貼合步驟之樹脂圖案之製造方法及積層體之製造方法藉由卷對卷方式進行為較佳。 以下,對卷對卷方式進行說明。 卷對卷方式係指如下方式:作為基板而使用能夠進行捲取及捲出之基板,在樹脂圖案之製造方法或蝕刻方法中所包括之任一步驟之前,包括捲出基板或包含基板之結構體之步驟(亦稱為“捲出步驟”。),在任一步驟之後,包括捲取基板或包含基板之結構體之步驟(亦稱為“捲取步驟”。),一邊輸送基板或包含基板之結構體一邊進行至少任一步驟(較佳為所有步驟或除加熱步驟以外的所有步驟)。 作為捲出步驟中的捲出方法及捲取步驟中的捲取方法,並不受特別限制,在適用卷對卷方式之製造方法中使用公知的方法即可。 The method for manufacturing a resin pattern and a method for manufacturing a laminated body including a lamination step are preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method. The roll-to-roll method is described below. The roll-to-roll method refers to a method in which a substrate that can be rolled up and unrolled is used as a substrate, and before any step included in the method for manufacturing a resin pattern or an etching method, a step of unrolling the substrate or a structure including the substrate (also referred to as a "rolling-out step") is included, and after any step, a step of rolling up the substrate or a structure including the substrate (also referred to as a "rolling-up step") is included, and at least any step (preferably all steps or all steps except the heating step) is performed while transporting the substrate or the structure including the substrate. The unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not particularly limited, and a known method can be used in a manufacturing method that applies a roll-to-roll method.

<支撐體> 作為用於本揭示之樹脂圖案之製造方法之具有導電性層之支撐體,使用具有公知的導電性層之支撐體即可,但在支撐體的表面具有導電性層為較佳。 根據需要,支撐體可以具有除導電性層以外的任意層。 作為支撐體,例如可以舉出樹脂基板、玻璃基板及半導體基板。 作為支撐體的較佳態樣,例如可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0140段落的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。 <Support> As a support having a conductive layer used in the method for manufacturing a resin pattern disclosed herein, a support having a known conductive layer may be used, but it is preferred that the surface of the support has a conductive layer. The support may have any layer other than the conductive layer as required. As a support, for example, a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate may be cited. As a preferred embodiment of the support, for example, the description in paragraph 0140 of International Publication No. 2018/155193 may be cited, and the content is incorporated into this specification.

作為構成支撐體之基材,例如可以舉出玻璃、矽及薄膜。 構成支撐體之基材透明為較佳。在本說明書中,“透明”係指波長400nm~700nm的光的透射率為80%以上。 又,構成基板之基板的折射率為1.50~1.52為較佳。 As the substrate constituting the support body, for example, glass, silicon and thin film can be cited. The substrate constituting the support body is preferably transparent. In this specification, "transparent" means that the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400nm to 700nm is more than 80%. In addition, the refractive index of the substrate constituting the substrate is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.

作為透明的玻璃基板,可以舉出以Corning Incorporated Co.,Ltd.的Gorilla Glass為代表之強化玻璃。又,作為透明的玻璃基板,能夠使用日本特開2010-86684號公報、日本特開2010-152809號公報及日本特開2010-257492號公報中所使用之材料。As the transparent glass substrate, there can be cited tempered glass represented by Gorilla Glass of Corning Incorporated Co., Ltd. Also, as the transparent glass substrate, materials used in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-86684, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-152809, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-257492 can be used.

當使用薄膜基板作為支撐體時,使用光學應變小且/或透明度高的薄膜基板為較佳。作為這種薄膜基板,例如可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚碳酸酯、三乙醯纖維素及環烯烴聚合物。When a film substrate is used as a support, it is preferred to use a film substrate with small optical strain and/or high transparency. Examples of such a film substrate include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose, and cycloolefin polymer.

作為支撐體,當以卷對卷方式製造時,薄膜基板為較佳。又,當藉由卷對卷方式製造觸控面板用的電路配線時,基板為片狀樹脂組成物為較佳。When manufacturing the support by roll-to-roll method, a film substrate is preferred. When manufacturing the circuit wiring for the touch panel by roll-to-roll method, the substrate is preferably a sheet-like resin composition.

作為導電性層,可以舉出用於一般的電路配線或觸控面板配線之導電性層。 作為導電性層,從導電性及細線形成性的觀點而言,選自包括金屬層、導電性金屬氧化物層、石墨烯層、碳奈米管層及導電聚合物層之群組中之至少一種層為較佳,金屬層為更佳,銅層或銀層為進一步較佳。 基板可以單獨具有一層導電性層,亦可以具有兩層以上。當具有兩層以上的導電性層時,具有不同材質的導電性層為較佳。 As the conductive layer, a conductive layer used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring can be cited. As the conductive layer, from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine line formation, at least one layer selected from the group including a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer and a conductive polymer layer is preferred, a metal layer is more preferred, and a copper layer or a silver layer is further preferred. The substrate may have a single conductive layer or may have two or more layers. When having two or more conductive layers, conductive layers having different materials are preferred.

作為導電性層的材料,可以舉出金屬及導電性金屬氧化物。 作為金屬,可以舉出Al、Zn、Cu、Fe、Ni、Cr、Mo、Ag及Au。 作為導電性金屬氧化物,可以舉出ITO(Indium Tin Oxide:氧化銦錫)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide:氧化銦鋅)及SiO 2。 另外,在本說明書中,“導電性”係指體積電阻率未達1×10 6Ωcm。導電性金屬氧化物的體積電阻率未達1×10 4Ωcm為較佳。 As materials for the conductive layer, metals and conductive metal oxides can be cited. As metals, Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag and Au can be cited. As conductive metal oxides, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) and SiO 2 can be cited. In addition, in this specification, "conductivity" means that the volume resistivity is less than 1×10 6 Ωcm. It is preferred that the volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is less than 1×10 4 Ωcm.

當使用具有複數個導電性層之基板而製造樹脂圖案時,複數個導電性層中的至少一個導電性層含有導電性金屬氧化物為較佳。 作為導電性層,相當於用於靜電電容型觸控面板中之視覺辨認部的感測器之電極圖案或周邊引出部的配線為較佳。 作為導電性層的較佳態樣,例如可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0141段落的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。 When a resin pattern is manufactured using a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers, it is preferred that at least one of the plurality of conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide. As a conductive layer, it is preferred to be an electrode pattern of a sensor used in a visual recognition portion of an electrostatic capacitive touch panel or a wiring of a peripheral lead portion. As a preferred embodiment of the conductive layer, for example, the description in paragraph 0141 of International Publication No. 2018/155193 can be cited, and the content is incorporated into this specification.

作為具有導電性層之基板,具有透明電極及引繞配線中的至少一者之基板為較佳。如上所述的基板能夠較佳地用作觸控面板用基板。 透明電極能夠較佳地作為觸控面板用電極發揮作用。透明電極由ITO(氧化銦錫)及IZO(氧化銦鋅)等金屬氧化膜以及金屬網及銀奈米線等金屬細線構成為較佳。 作為金屬細線,可以舉出銀、銅等的細線。其中,銀網、銀奈米線等銀導電性材料為較佳。 As a substrate having a conductive layer, a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a routing wiring is preferred. The substrate as described above can be preferably used as a substrate for a touch panel. The transparent electrode can preferably function as an electrode for a touch panel. The transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide) and a metal fine wire such as a metal mesh and a silver nanowire. As the metal fine wire, fine wires of silver, copper, etc. can be cited. Among them, silver conductive materials such as a silver mesh and a silver nanowire are preferred.

作為引繞配線的材質,金屬為較佳。 作為引繞配線的材質的金屬,可以舉出金、銀、銅、鉬、鋁、鈦、鉻、鋅及錳以及由該等金屬元素的兩種以上構成之合金。作為引繞配線的材質,銅、鉬、鋁或鈦為較佳,銅為特佳。 As the material of the lead wiring, metal is preferred. As the metal of the lead wiring, gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc and manganese and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements can be cited. As the material of the lead wiring, copper, molybdenum, aluminum or titanium is preferred, and copper is particularly preferred.

以保護電極等(亦即,觸控面板用電極及觸控面板用配線中的至少一者)為目的,使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料而形成之觸控面板用電極保護膜以直接或介隔其他層而覆蓋電極等之方式設置為較佳。For the purpose of protecting electrodes, etc. (i.e., at least one of electrodes for a touch panel and wiring for a touch panel), it is preferred that the electrode protection film for a touch panel formed using the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein is provided in a manner that covers the electrodes, etc. directly or through other layers.

<偽支撐體剝離步驟> 樹脂圖案之製造方法在貼合步驟與曝光步驟之間包括剝離偽支撐體之偽支撐體剝離步驟為較佳。 偽支撐體的剝離方法並不受特別限制,能夠使用與日本特開2010-072589號公報的0161~0162段落中所記載之覆蓋膜剝離機構相同的機構。 <Dummy support stripping step> The method for manufacturing the resin pattern preferably includes a dummy support stripping step of stripping the dummy support between the laminating step and the exposure step. The dummy support stripping method is not particularly limited, and the same mechanism as the cover film stripping mechanism described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-072589 can be used.

<曝光步驟> 樹脂圖案之製造方法包括使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟(曝光步驟)為較佳。 上述曝光處理為圖案狀的曝光處理(亦稱為“圖案曝光”。),亦即存在曝光部及非曝光部之形態的曝光處理。 圖案曝光中的曝光區域與未曝光區域的位置關係並不受特別限制,可以適當調整。 <Exposure step> The method for manufacturing a resin pattern preferably includes a step (exposure step) of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the particle layer and performing pattern exposure on the photosensitive layer through the exposure mask. The exposure process is a pattern-like exposure process (also referred to as "pattern exposure"), that is, an exposure process in a form in which there are exposed parts and non-exposed parts. The positional relationship between the exposed area and the non-exposed area in the pattern exposure is not particularly limited and can be adjusted appropriately.

圖案曝光中的圖案的詳細配置及具體尺寸並不受特別限制。例如,為了提高具備具有藉由蝕刻方法而製造之電路配線之輸入裝置之顯示裝置(例如,觸控面板)的顯示品質,並且減少引出配線所佔據之面積,圖案的至少一部分(較佳為觸控面板的電極圖案及/或引出配線的部分)包括寬度為20μm以下的細線為較佳,包括寬度為10μm以下的細線為更佳。The detailed configuration and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited. For example, in order to improve the display quality of a display device (e.g., a touch panel) having an input device with circuit wiring manufactured by an etching method and reduce the area occupied by the lead wiring, at least a portion of the pattern (preferably the electrode pattern of the touch panel and/or the lead wiring portion) preferably includes a fine line with a width of 20 μm or less, and more preferably includes a fine line with a width of 10 μm or less.

曝光中所使用之光源只要為照射能夠對感光性層進行曝光之波長的光(例如,365nm或405nm)之光源,則能夠適當選定並使用。具體而言,可以舉出超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈及LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)。 作為曝光量,5mJ/cm 2~200mJ/cm 2為較佳,10mJ/cm 2~100mJ/cm 2為更佳。 作為曝光中所使用之光源、曝光量及曝光方法的較佳態樣,例如可以舉出國際公開第2018/155193號的0146~0147段落的記載,該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 The light source used in the exposure can be appropriately selected and used as long as it irradiates light of a wavelength capable of exposing the photosensitive layer (for example, 365nm or 405nm). Specifically, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) can be cited. As the exposure amount, 5mJ/ cm2 to 200mJ/ cm2 is preferred, and 10mJ/ cm2 to 100mJ/ cm2 is more preferred. As preferred aspects of the light source, exposure amount, and exposure method used in the exposure, for example, the description of paragraphs 0146 to 0147 of International Publication No. 2018/155193 can be cited, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

在曝光步驟中,使曝光遮罩與感光性層接觸並進行曝光為較佳。曝光方式可以較佳地舉出接觸曝光方式。在透鏡系或反射鏡系的投影曝光的情況下,能夠根據所需要之解析力、焦點深度而使用具有適當的透鏡開口數(NA)之曝光機。又,曝光不僅可以在大氣下進行,亦可以在減壓、真空下進行,並且,可以使水等液體介於光源與感光性層之間而進行曝光。In the exposure step, it is preferred to make the exposure mask contact with the photosensitive layer and perform the exposure. The exposure method can preferably be a contact exposure method. In the case of projection exposure of a lens system or a reflector system, an exposure machine with an appropriate lens aperture number (NA) can be used according to the required resolution and focus depth. In addition, the exposure can be performed not only in the atmosphere but also in a reduced pressure or vacuum, and the exposure can be performed by placing a liquid such as water between the light source and the photosensitive layer.

<圖案形成步驟> 在圖案形成步驟中,對曝光後的上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案。 <Pattern forming step> In the pattern forming step, the exposed photosensitive layer is developed to form a resin pattern.

圖案形成步驟中的經曝光之感光性層的顯影能夠使用顯影液來進行。 作為顯影液,只要能夠去除感光性層的非圖像部,則不受特別限制,例如能夠使用日本特開平5-72724號公報中所記載之顯影液等公知的顯影液。 作為顯影液,以0.05mol/L~5mol/L(升)的濃度包含pKa=7~13的化合物之鹼水溶液系的顯影液為較佳。顯影液可以含有水溶性的有機溶劑及/或界面活性劑。 作為鹼性水溶液中能夠包含之鹼性化合物,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基乙基三甲基氫氧化銨)。 作為顯影液,還可以較佳地舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0194段落中所記載之顯影液。作為可以較佳地使用之顯影方式,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號的0195段落中所記載之顯影方式。 The development of the exposed photosensitive layer in the pattern forming step can be performed using a developer. As a developer, there is no particular limitation as long as the non-image portion of the photosensitive layer can be removed. For example, a known developer such as the developer described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-72724 can be used. As a developer, an alkaline aqueous solution containing a compound with pKa=7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol/L to 5 mol/L (liter) is preferred. The developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and/or a surfactant. As alkaline compounds that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide and choline (2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide) can be cited. As a developer, the developer described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 can also be preferably cited. As a developing method that can be preferably used, for example, the developing method described in paragraph 0195 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 can be cited.

作為顯影方式,並不受特別限制,可以為旋覆浸沒顯影(puddle development)、噴淋顯影(shower development)、噴淋及旋轉顯影以及浸漬顯影中的任一者。噴淋顯影係指藉由噴淋而向曝光後的感光性層噴吹顯影液來去除非圖像部之顯影處理。 圖案形成步驟之後,藉由噴淋而噴吹清洗劑,並一邊用刷子擦拭一邊去除顯影殘渣為較佳。 顯影液的液溫並不受特別限制,但20℃~40℃為較佳。 The developing method is not particularly limited, and may be any of puddle development, shower development, shower and rotation development, and immersion development. Spray development refers to a developing process in which a developer is sprayed onto the exposed photosensitive layer to remove the non-image portion. After the pattern forming step, it is preferred to spray a cleaning agent by spraying and remove the development residue while wiping with a brush. The liquid temperature of the developer is not particularly limited, but 20°C to 40°C is preferred.

<後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟> 樹脂圖案之製造方法或積層體之製造方法可以具有對藉由上述圖案形成步驟而得到之樹脂圖案進行曝光之步驟(後曝光步驟)及/或進行加熱之步驟(後烘烤步驟)。 當包括後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟這兩者時,在後曝光之後實施後烘烤為較佳。 <Post-exposure step and post-baking step> The method for manufacturing a resin pattern or the method for manufacturing a laminate may include a step of exposing the resin pattern obtained by the above-mentioned pattern forming step (post-exposure step) and/or a step of heating (post-baking step). When both the post-exposure step and the post-baking step are included, it is preferable to perform the post-baking after the post-exposure.

<蝕刻步驟> 電路配線之製造方法包括對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟(蝕刻步驟)為較佳,包括將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟為更佳。 <Etching step> The method for manufacturing circuit wiring preferably includes a step of etching the conductive layer (etching step), and more preferably includes a step of etching the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask.

在蝕刻步驟中,將由感光性層形成之樹脂圖案用作蝕刻光阻進行導電性層的蝕刻處理,或在後述之電鍍處理之後去除樹脂圖案,並使用鍍覆圖案作為光阻來進行導電性層的蝕刻處理。 作為蝕刻處理方法,能夠適用公知的方法,例如可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0209段落~0210段落中所記載之方法、日本特開2010-152155號公報的0048段落~0054段落中所記載之方法、浸漬於蝕刻液中之濕式蝕刻法及基於電漿蝕刻等乾式蝕刻之方法。 In the etching step, the resin pattern formed by the photosensitive layer is used as an etching resist to etch the conductive layer, or the resin pattern is removed after the electroplating process described later, and the conductive layer is etched using the plated pattern as a resist. As an etching process method, a known method can be applied, for example, the method described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-120435, the method described in paragraphs 0048 to 0054 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-152155, a wet etching method by immersion in an etching solution, and a dry etching method based on plasma etching, etc. can be cited.

用於濕式蝕刻之蝕刻液只要根據蝕刻的對象而適當選擇酸性或鹼性的蝕刻液即可。 作為酸性的蝕刻液,例如可以舉出選自鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、氟酸、草酸及磷酸中之酸性成分單獨的水溶液、以及酸性成分與選自氯化鐵、氟化銨及過錳酸鉀中之鹽的混合水溶液。酸性成分亦可以為將複數個酸性成分組合而成之成分。 作為鹼性的蝕刻液,可以舉出選自氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氨、有機胺及有機胺的鹽(氫氧化四甲基銨等)中之鹼成分單獨的水溶液、以及鹼成分與鹽(過錳酸鉀等)的混合水溶液。鹼成分亦可以為將複數個鹼成分組合而成之成分。 The etching solution used for wet etching can be an acidic or alkaline etching solution appropriately selected according to the etching object. As an acidic etching solution, for example, there can be cited an aqueous solution of an acidic component selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, fluoric acid, oxalic acid and phosphoric acid, and a mixed aqueous solution of an acidic component and a salt selected from ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride and potassium permanganate. The acidic component can also be a component composed of a plurality of acidic components. As an alkaline etching solution, there can be cited an aqueous solution of an alkaline component selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines and salts of organic amines (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), and a mixed aqueous solution of an alkaline component and a salt (potassium permanganate, etc.). The alkaline component may also be a component formed by combining multiple alkaline components.

<鍍覆步驟> 電路配線之製造方法包括將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩在上述導電性層上實施電鍍之步驟為較佳。 <Coating step> The method for manufacturing circuit wiring preferably includes the step of performing electroplating on the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask.

作為鍍覆方法,能夠適用公知的方法,例如電鍍(electroplating)為較佳,電解鍍銅為更佳。As the plating method, a known method can be applied, for example, electroplating is preferred, and electrolytic copper plating is more preferred.

作為在電鍍中使用之鍍液的成分,例如可以舉出水溶性銅鹽。作為水溶性銅鹽,能夠使用通常用作鍍液的成分之水溶性銅鹽。作為水溶性銅鹽,例如為選自包括無機銅鹽、烷磺酸銅鹽、烷醇磺酸銅鹽及有機酸銅鹽之群組中之至少一種為較佳。作為無機銅鹽,例如可以舉出硫酸銅、氧化銅、氯化銅及碳酸銅。作為烷磺酸銅鹽,例如可以舉出甲磺酸銅及丙磺酸銅。作為烷醇磺酸銅鹽,例如可以舉出羥乙磺酸銅及丙醇磺酸銅。作為有機酸銅鹽,例如可以舉出乙酸銅、檸檬酸銅及酒石酸銅。 又,作為在電鍍中所使用之鍍液的成分,可以不使用上述銅而使用對應之其他金屬的鹽等。 As a component of the plating solution used in the electroplating, for example, a water-soluble copper salt can be cited. As the water-soluble copper salt, a water-soluble copper salt commonly used as a component of the plating solution can be used. As the water-soluble copper salt, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of inorganic copper salts, alkanesulfonate copper salts, alkanolsulfonate copper salts and organic acid copper salts is preferred. As the inorganic copper salt, for example, copper sulfate, copper oxide, copper chloride and copper carbonate can be cited. As the alkanesulfonate copper salt, for example, copper methanesulfonate and copper propanesulfonate can be cited. As the alkanolsulfonate copper salt, for example, copper hydroxyethanesulfonate and copper propanolsulfonate can be cited. Examples of organic acid copper salts include copper acetate, copper citrate, and copper tartrate. In addition, as a component of the plating solution used in electroplating, instead of the above copper, salts of other corresponding metals may be used.

鍍液可以包含硫酸。藉由鍍液包含硫酸,能夠調整鍍液的pH及硫酸離子濃度。The plating solution may contain sulfuric acid. By containing sulfuric acid in the plating solution, the pH and sulfuric acid ion concentration of the plating solution can be adjusted.

電鍍的方法及條件並不受限制。例如,藉由在添加了鍍液之鍍覆槽中供給顯影步驟後的導電性基材,能夠在位於未配置有上述樹脂圖案之區域之上述導電性層上形成具有導電性之圖案。在電鍍中,例如藉由控制電流密度及導電性基材的輸送速度,能夠形成具有導電性之圖案。The method and conditions of electroplating are not limited. For example, by supplying the conductive substrate after the development step to a plating tank filled with a plating solution, a conductive pattern can be formed on the conductive layer located in the area where the resin pattern is not arranged. In the electroplating, for example, by controlling the current density and the conveying speed of the conductive substrate, a conductive pattern can be formed.

在電鍍中所使用之鍍液的溫度為70℃以下為較佳,10℃~40℃為更佳。電鍍中的電流密度為0.1A/dm 2~100A/dm 2為較佳,0.5A/dm 2~20A/dm 2為更佳。藉由提高電流密度,能夠提高導體圖案的生產性。藉由降低電流密度,能夠提高具有導電性之圖案的厚度的均勻性。 The temperature of the plating solution used in electroplating is preferably below 70°C, more preferably 10°C to 40°C. The current density in electroplating is preferably 0.1A/ dm2 to 100A/ dm2 , more preferably 0.5A/ dm2 to 20A/ dm2 . By increasing the current density, the productivity of the conductive pattern can be improved. By reducing the current density, the uniformity of the thickness of the conductive pattern can be improved.

<剝離步驟> 電路配線之製造方法包括剝離上述樹脂圖案之剝離步驟為較佳。 作為剝離殘留之樹脂圖案之方法,不受特別限制,可以舉出藉由藥品處理剝離之方法,使用去除液剝離之方法為較佳。 作為樹脂圖案之去除方法,可以舉出在液體溫度較佳為30℃~80℃、更佳為50℃~80℃的攪拌中的去除液中,將具有殘留之樹脂圖案之導電性基材浸漬1分鐘~30分鐘之方法。 <Stripping step> The method for manufacturing circuit wiring preferably includes a stripping step of stripping the above-mentioned resin pattern. As a method for stripping the remaining resin pattern, there is no particular limitation, and a method of stripping by chemical treatment and a method of stripping using a removal liquid are preferably cited. As a method for removing the resin pattern, a method of immersing a conductive substrate having a residual resin pattern in a stirring removal liquid having a liquid temperature of preferably 30°C to 80°C, more preferably 50°C to 80°C for 1 minute to 30 minutes can be cited.

作為去除液,例如可以舉出將無機鹼成分或有機鹼成分溶解於水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮或該等的混合溶液而成之去除液。作為無機鹼成分,例如可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼成分,可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及季銨鹽化合物。 又,亦可以使用去除液並藉由噴塗法、噴淋法及旋覆浸沒法等公知的方法來去除。 As a removal liquid, for example, a removal liquid obtained by dissolving an inorganic alkali component or an organic alkali component in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone or a mixed solution thereof can be cited. As an inorganic alkali component, for example, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide can be cited. As an organic alkali component, a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound and a quaternary ammonium salt compound can be cited. In addition, the removal liquid can also be used and removed by a known method such as a spraying method, a spraying method and a spinning immersion method.

<其他步驟> 樹脂圖案之製造方法、積層體之製造方法及電路配線之製造方法可以包括除上述之步驟以外的任意步驟(其他步驟)。例如,可以舉出以下的步驟,但並不限於該等步驟。 又,作為能夠適用於電路配線之製造方法之圖案形成步驟及其他步驟,可以舉出日本特開2006-23696號公報的0035~0051段落中所記載之步驟。 再者,作為其他步驟,例如可以舉出國際公開第2019/022089號的0172段落中所記載之降低可見光線反射率之步驟、國際公開第2019/022089號的0172段落中所記載之在絕緣膜上形成新的導電性層之步驟等,但並不限於該等步驟。 <Other steps> The method for manufacturing a resin pattern, the method for manufacturing a laminate, and the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring may include any steps (other steps) other than the above steps. For example, the following steps can be cited, but are not limited to these steps. In addition, as pattern forming steps and other steps applicable to the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-23696 can be cited. Furthermore, as other steps, for example, the step of reducing the visible light reflectivity described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089, the step of forming a new conductive layer on the insulating film described in paragraph 0172 of International Publication No. 2019/022089, etc. can be cited, but it is not limited to these steps.

-降低可見光線反射率之步驟- 電路配線之製造方法可以包括進行降低基板所具有之複數個導電性層的一部分或全部的可見光線反射率之處理之步驟。 作為降低可見光線反射率之處理,可以舉出氧化處理。當基板具有含有銅之導電性層時,對銅進行氧化處理而使其成為氧化銅,並對導電性層進行黑化,藉此能夠降低導電性層的可見光線反射率。 關於降低可見光線反射率之處理,記載於日本特開2014-150118號公報的0017~0025段落以及日本特開2013-206315號公報的0041段落、0042段落、0048段落及0058段落中,該等公報中所記載之內容被編入本說明書中。 -Step of reducing visible light reflectivity- The manufacturing method of circuit wiring may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectivity of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers of the substrate. As a treatment for reducing the visible light reflectivity, an oxidation treatment can be cited. When the substrate has a conductive layer containing copper, the copper is oxidized to become copper oxide, and the conductive layer is blackened, thereby reducing the visible light reflectivity of the conductive layer. Regarding the treatment of reducing the reflectivity of visible light, it is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-150118 and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048 and 0058 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-206315. The contents described in these publications are incorporated into this manual.

-形成絕緣膜之步驟、在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電性層之步驟- 電路配線之製造方法包括在電路配線的表面上形成絕緣膜之步驟和在絕緣膜的表面上形成新的導電性層之步驟亦為較佳。 藉由上述的步驟,能夠形成與第一電極圖案絕緣之第二電極圖案。 作為形成絕緣膜之步驟,並不受特別限制,可以舉出公知的形成永久膜之方法。又,亦可以使用具有絕緣性之感光性材料,藉由光微影來形成所期望的圖案的絕緣膜。 在絕緣膜上形成新的導電性層之步驟並不受特別限制,例如可以使用具有導電性之感光性材料,藉由光微影來形成所期望的圖案的新的導電性層。 - Step of forming an insulating film, step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film- It is also preferred that the method for manufacturing circuit wiring includes the step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and the step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film. By the above steps, a second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed. As the step of forming the insulating film, there is no particular limitation, and a known method of forming a permanent film can be cited. In addition, a photosensitive material having insulating properties can be used to form an insulating film of a desired pattern by photolithography. The step of forming a new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited. For example, a new conductive layer of a desired pattern can be formed by using a photosensitive material having conductivity through photolithography.

在電路配線之製造方法中,使用在基板的兩個表面分別具有複數個導電性層之基板,對形成於基板的兩個表面之導電性層逐次或同時形成電路亦為較佳。藉由這種構成,能夠形成在基板的一個表面形成有第一導電圖案且在另一個表面形成有第二導電圖案之觸控面板用電路配線。又,以卷對卷方式從基板的兩面形成這種構成的觸控面板用電路配線亦為較佳。In the method for manufacturing circuit wiring, it is also preferable to use a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surfaces of the substrate, and to form circuits on the conductive layers formed on the two surfaces of the substrate sequentially or simultaneously. With this structure, it is possible to form a circuit wiring for a touch panel having a first conductive pattern formed on one surface of the substrate and a second conductive pattern formed on the other surface. It is also preferable to form the circuit wiring for a touch panel having this structure from both sides of the substrate in a roll-to-roll manner.

<用途> 藉由本揭示之樹脂圖案之製造方法而製造之樹脂圖案及藉由本揭示之電路配線之製造方法而製造之電路配線能夠適用於各種裝置。作為上述裝置,例如可以舉出輸入裝置等,觸控面板為較佳,靜電電容型觸控面板為更佳。又,上述輸入裝置能夠適用於有機電致發光顯示裝置、液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置。 當適用於觸控面板時,所形成之樹脂圖案用作觸控面板用電極或觸控面板用配線的保護膜為較佳。亦即,本揭示之感光性轉印材料用於觸控面板用電極保護膜或觸控面板用配線的形成為較佳。 <Application> The resin pattern produced by the method for producing the resin pattern disclosed herein and the circuit wiring produced by the method for producing the circuit wiring disclosed herein can be applied to various devices. As the above-mentioned device, for example, an input device can be cited, and a touch panel is preferred, and an electrostatic capacitive touch panel is more preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned input device can be applied to display devices such as organic electroluminescent display devices and liquid crystal display devices. When applied to a touch panel, the formed resin pattern is preferably used as a protective film for an electrode for a touch panel or a wiring for a touch panel. That is, the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein is preferably used for forming a protective film for an electrode for a touch panel or a wiring for a touch panel.

(電子裝置之製造方法) 本揭示之電子裝置之製造方法只要為使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料之方法,則不受特別限制。 作為本揭示之電子裝置之製造方法,依序包括剝離本揭示之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟、使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟、從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟、使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟、對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟、將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟之方法或依序包括剝離本揭示之感光性轉印材料中的上述覆蓋膜之步驟、使剝離了上述覆蓋膜之、上述感光性轉印材料中的上述感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟、從上述粒子層剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟、使曝光遮罩與上述粒子層接觸並介隔上述曝光遮罩對上述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟、對上述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟、將所形成之上述樹脂圖案作為遮罩在上述導電性層上實施電鍍之步驟、剝離所形成之上述樹脂圖案之步驟及對上述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟之方法為較佳。 又,作為本揭示之電子裝置之製造方法,在上述貼合步驟之前包括剝離上述覆蓋膜之步驟為較佳。 (Method for manufacturing electronic device) The method for manufacturing the electronic device disclosed herein is not particularly limited as long as it is a method using the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein. The method for manufacturing the electronic device disclosed herein includes, in sequence, the steps of peeling off the above-mentioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material disclosed herein, bringing the outermost layer of the above-mentioned photosensitive layer side of the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material from which the above-mentioned covering film has been peeled off into contact with and laminating a support having a conductive layer, peeling off the above-mentioned pseudo-support from the above-mentioned particle layer, and then laminating the outermost layer of the above-mentioned pseudo-support. The method comprises the steps of: making an exposure mask contact the particle layer and exposing the photosensitive layer through the exposure mask; developing the photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern; and etching the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask. The step of removing the cover film from the photosensitive transfer material, the step of bringing the outermost layer of the photosensitive layer side of the photosensitive transfer material from which the cover film is peeled off into contact with and laminating the support having a conductive layer, the step of peeling the pseudo support from the particle layer, the step of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the particle layer and interposing the exposure mask on the particle layer. A method is preferably a step of exposing the photosensitive layer to a pattern using a mask, a step of developing the photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern, a step of electroplating the conductive layer using the formed resin pattern as a mask, a step of peeling off the formed resin pattern, and a step of etching the conductive layer. In addition, as a manufacturing method of the electronic device disclosed in the present invention, it is preferred to include a step of peeling off the covering film before the laminating step.

關於電子裝置之製造方法中的各步驟的具體態樣及進行各步驟之順序等的實施態樣,如在上述中所說明的那樣,較佳態樣亦相同。 關於電子裝置之製造方法,除了藉由上述的方法而形成電子裝置用配線以外,參照公知的電子裝置之製造方法即可。 又,電子裝置之製造方法可以包括除上述以外的任意步驟(其他步驟)。 The specific aspects of each step in the method for manufacturing an electronic device and the implementation aspects of the order of performing each step are as described above, and the preferred aspects are also the same. Regarding the method for manufacturing an electronic device, in addition to forming the wiring for the electronic device by the above method, it is sufficient to refer to the known method for manufacturing an electronic device. In addition, the method for manufacturing an electronic device may include any steps (other steps) other than the above.

作為電子裝置,並沒有特別限制,可以較佳地舉出半導體封裝、印刷基板、感測器基板的各種配線形成用途、觸控面板、電磁波屏蔽材料、薄膜加熱器之類的導電性薄膜、液晶密封材料、微機械或微電子領域中的結構物。 上述樹脂圖案在上述電子裝置中,用作作為永久膜的例如層間絕緣膜、配線保護膜、具有折射率匹配層之配線保護膜等為較佳。 其中,作為電子裝置,可以尤其較佳地舉出觸控面板。 As electronic devices, there are no particular restrictions, and preferably, semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, various wiring formation uses of sensor substrates, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as thin film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, micro-machines or structures in the field of microelectronics can be cited. The above-mentioned resin pattern is preferably used as a permanent film in the above-mentioned electronic devices, such as an interlayer insulation film, a wiring protection film, a wiring protection film with a refractive index matching layer, etc. Among them, as an electronic device, a touch panel can be cited as a particularly preferred example.

將用於觸控面板的製造之遮罩的圖案的一例示於圖2及圖3。 在圖2所示之圖案A及圖3所示之圖案B中,GR為非圖像部(遮光部),EX為圖像部(曝光部),DL為虛擬地示出對準用框者。在觸控面板之製造方法中,例如介隔具有圖2所示之圖案A之遮罩而對上述感光性層進行曝光,藉此能夠製造形成有具有與EX相對應之圖案A之電路配線之觸控面板。具體而言,能夠利用國際公開第2016/190405號的圖1中所記載之方法進行製作。在所製造之觸控面板的一例中,曝光部EX的中央部(四角連結而成之圖案部分)為形成有透明電極(觸控面板用電極)之部分,曝光部EX的周緣部(細線部分)為形成有周邊引出部的配線之部分。 An example of a mask pattern used for manufacturing a touch panel is shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3. In the pattern A shown in FIG. 2 and the pattern B shown in FIG. 3, GR is a non-image portion (light shielding portion), EX is an image portion (exposure portion), and DL is a virtually indicated alignment frame. In the manufacturing method of the touch panel, for example, the above-mentioned photosensitive layer is exposed through a mask having the pattern A shown in FIG. 2, thereby manufacturing a touch panel having a circuit wiring having the pattern A corresponding to EX. Specifically, it can be manufactured using the method described in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405. In an example of a manufactured touch panel, the central portion of the exposure portion EX (the pattern portion formed by connecting the four corners) is the portion where the transparent electrode (electrode for the touch panel) is formed, and the peripheral portion of the exposure portion EX (the thin line portion) is the portion where the wiring of the peripheral lead portion is formed.

藉由上述電子裝置之製造方法,製造至少具有電子裝置用配線之電子裝置,較佳為製造例如至少具有觸控面板用配線之觸控面板。 觸控面板具有透明基板、電極及絕緣層或保護層為較佳。 作為在觸控面板中的檢測方法,可以舉出電阻膜方式、靜電電容方式、超音波方式、電磁感應方式及光學方式等公知的方式。其中,靜電電容方式為較佳。 By using the manufacturing method of the electronic device, an electronic device having at least wiring for the electronic device is manufactured, preferably a touch panel having at least wiring for the touch panel is manufactured. The touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, an electrode, and an insulating layer or a protective layer. As a detection method in the touch panel, known methods such as a resistive film method, an electrostatic capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method can be cited. Among them, the electrostatic capacitance method is preferred.

作為觸控面板型,可以舉出所謂的內嵌型(in-cell type)(例如,日本特表2012-517051號公報的圖5、圖6、圖7及圖8中所記載者)、所謂的外嵌型(on-cell type)(例如,日本特開2013-168125號公報的圖19中所記載者以及日本特開2012-89102號公報的圖1及圖5中所記載者)、OGS(One Glass Solution:單片式玻璃觸控)型、TOL(Touch-on-Lens:覆蓋層觸控)型(例如,日本特開2013-54727號公報的圖2中所記載者)、各種外掛型(out-cell type)(所謂的GG、G1·G2、GFF、GF2、GF1及G1F等)以及其他構成(例如,日本特開2013-164871號公報的圖6中所記載者)。 作為觸控面板,例如可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0229段落中所記載者。 [實施例] As the touch panel type, there can be cited the so-called in-cell type (for example, those described in FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-517051), the so-called on-cell type (for example, those described in FIG. 19 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-168125 and those described in FIG. 1 and FIG. 5 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-89102), OGS (One Glass Solution: single-piece glass touch) type, TOL (Touch-on-Lens: cover layer touch) type (for example, those described in FIG. 2 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-54727), various out-cell types ( type) (so-called GG, G1·G2, GFF, GF2, GF1 and G1F, etc.) and other structures (for example, those described in FIG. 6 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-164871). As a touch panel, for example, those described in paragraph 0229 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-120435 can be cited. [Implementation Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明的實施態樣進行進一步具體的說明。以下的實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的實施態樣的趣旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本發明的實施態樣的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。另外,只要沒有特別指定,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The following examples are given to further illustrate the implementation of the present invention. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents and processing steps shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the purpose of the implementation of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the implementation of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are mass standards.

(實施例1~6及19、以及比較例1及2) <感光性層形成用組成物1的製備> 混合下述成分,並用孔徑0.2μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器進行過濾,藉此得到了感光性層形成用組成物1。 丙二醇-1-單甲醚-2-乙酸酯(PGMEA):425.1質量份 聚合物A-3:236.0質量份 光酸產生劑B-1:5.0質量份 界面活性劑E-1:0.1質量份 鹼性化合物F-1:0.5質量份 添加劑G-1:0.17質量份 (Examples 1 to 6 and 19, and Comparative Examples 1 and 2) <Preparation of Photosensitive Layer Forming Composition 1> The following components were mixed and filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore size of 0.2 μm to obtain a photosensitive layer forming composition 1. Propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate (PGMEA): 425.1 parts by mass Polymer A-3: 236.0 parts by mass Photoacid generator B-1: 5.0 parts by mass Surfactant E-1: 0.1 parts by mass Alkaline compound F-1: 0.5 parts by mass Additive G-1: 0.17 parts by mass

〔聚合物A-3的合成例〕 向三口燒瓶中放入PGMEA(75.0質量份),並在氮環境下升溫至90℃。向維持在90℃±2℃的溫度範圍內之三口燒瓶溶液中耗時2小時滴加了加入有ATHF(25.0質量份)、MAA(10.0質量份)、CHMA(35.0質量份)、CHA(30.0質量份)、V-601(4.1質量份)及PGMEA(75.0質量份)之溶液。滴加結束之後,在90℃±2℃的溫度範圍內攪拌2小時,藉此得到了聚合物A-3(固體成分濃度40.0質量%)。 聚合物A-3為具有被酸分解性基保護之酸基之黏合劑聚合物。 [Synthesis Example of Polymer A-3] PGMEA (75.0 parts by mass) was placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 90°C in a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution containing ATHF (25.0 parts by mass), MAA (10.0 parts by mass), CHMA (35.0 parts by mass), CHA (30.0 parts by mass), V-601 (4.1 parts by mass) and PGMEA (75.0 parts by mass) was added dropwise over 2 hours to the solution in the three-necked flask maintained at a temperature range of 90°C±2°C. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at a temperature range of 90°C±2°C for 2 hours to obtain polymer A-3 (solid content concentration 40.0% by mass). Polymer A-3 is a binder polymer having an acid group protected by an acid-decomposable group.

ATHF:丙烯酸四氫呋喃-2-基酯(合成品) MAA:甲基丙烯酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) CHMA:甲基丙烯酸環己酯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) CHA:丙烯酸環己酯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) V-601:二甲基 2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸酯)(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) ATHF: Tetrahydrofuran-2-yl acrylate (synthetic product) MAA: Methacrylic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) CHMA: Cyclohexyl methacrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) CHA: Cyclohexyl acrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) V-601: Dimethyl 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)

-ATHF的合成- 向三口燒瓶中加入丙烯酸(72.1質量份,1.0莫耳當量)及己烷(72.1質量份)並冷卻至20℃。滴加樟腦磺酸(0.0070質量份,0.03毫莫耳當量)及2-二氫呋喃(70.1質量份,1.0莫耳當量)之後,在20℃±2℃下攪拌了1.5小時之後,升溫至35℃並攪拌了2小時。向吸濾器中依序塞入KYOWARD 200(氫氧化鋁吸附劑,Kyowa Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、KYOWARD 1000(水滑石系吸附劑,Kyowa Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)之後,過濾反應液而得到了過濾液。向所得到之過濾液中加入氫醌單甲醚(MEHQ,0.0012質量份)之後,在40℃下減壓濃縮,藉此得到了作為無色油狀物的丙烯酸四氫呋喃-2-基酯(ATHF)140.8質量份(產率99.0%)。 -Synthesis of ATHF- Acrylic acid (72.1 parts by mass, 1.0 molar equivalent) and hexane (72.1 parts by mass) were added to a three-necked flask and cooled to 20°C. Camphorsulfonic acid (0.0070 parts by mass, 0.03 millimolar equivalent) and 2-dihydrofuran (70.1 parts by mass, 1.0 molar equivalent) were added dropwise, and then stirred at 20°C±2°C for 1.5 hours, then heated to 35°C and stirred for 2 hours. KYOWARD 200 (aluminum hydroxide adsorbent, manufactured by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and KYOWARD 1000 (hydrotalcite-based adsorbent, manufactured by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were inserted into the suction filter in this order, and the reaction solution was filtered to obtain a filtrate. After adding hydroquinone monomethyl ether (MEHQ, 0.0012 parts by mass) to the obtained filtrate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at 40°C to obtain 140.8 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran-2-yl acrylate (ATHF) as a colorless oil (yield 99.0%).

〔光酸產生劑〕 光酸產生劑B-1:下述所示之結構的化合物(為日本特開2013-047765號公報的0227段落中所記載之化合物,按照0204段落中所記載之方法進行了合成。) [Photoacid generator] Photoacid generator B-1: A compound having the structure shown below (the compound described in paragraph 0227 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-047765, synthesized according to the method described in paragraph 0204.)

[化學式19] [Chemical formula 19]

〔界面活性劑〕 界面活性劑E-1:下述所示之結構的化合物 [Surfactant] Surfactant E-1: Compound with the structure shown below

[化學式20] [Chemical formula 20]

〔鹼性化合物〕 鹼性化合物F-1:下述所示之結構的化合物 [Alkaline compound] Alkaline compound F-1: A compound having the structure shown below

[化學式21] [Chemical formula 21]

〔添加劑〕 添加劑G-1:BT-120(1,2,3-苯并三唑,JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造) [Additives] Additive G-1: BT-120 (1,2,3-benzotriazole, manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)

<粒子層形成用組成物1~9的製備> 混合表1中所記載之成分,並用孔徑5.0μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器進行過濾,藉此得到了粒子層形成用組成物1。 又,以相同的方式分別得到了粒子層形成用組成物2~9。 <Preparation of Particle Layer Forming Compositions 1 to 9> The components listed in Table 1 were mixed and filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore size of 5.0 μm to obtain Particle Layer Forming Composition 1. In addition, Particle Layer Forming Compositions 2 to 9 were obtained in the same manner.

[表1]    粒子層形成用組成物1 粒子層形成用組成物2 粒子層形成用組成物3 粒子層形成用組成物4 粒子層形成用組成物5 粒子層形成用組成物6 粒子層形成用組成物7 粒子層形成用組成物8 粒子層形成用組成物9 樹脂 KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA - - - - - - - 5.94 - METOLOSE 60SH-03 - - - - - - - 0.09 - METOLOSE 60SH-06 9.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 - - - - - 聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-30 - - - - - - - 2.97 - 聚合物A-1 - - - - 29.71 - - - - 聚合物A-2 - - - - - 29.71 29.71 - 33.04 粒子 SNOWTEX OZL-35 2.86 - - - - - - 2.86 - SNOWTEX OYL - 5.00 - - - - - - - EPOSTAR MX100W - - 10.00 - - - - - - MEK-ST-ZL - - - - 3.33 3.33 - - - MEK-ST-L - - - - - - 3.33 - - 界面 活性劑 MEGAFACE F-444 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 - - - 0.10 - MEGAFACE F-552 - - - - 0.09 0.09 0.09 - 0.09 溶劑 493.14 491.00 486.00 495.00 - - - 493.14 - 甲醇 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 - - - 495.00 - MEK - - - - 690.67 690.67 690.67 - 693.00 PGMEA - - - - 127.70 127.70 127.70 - 125.37 PGME - - - - 148.50 148.50 148.50 - 148.50 [Table 1] Particle layer forming composition 1 Particle layer forming composition 2 Particle layer forming composition 3 Particle layer forming composition 4 Particle layer forming composition 5 Particle layer forming composition 6 Particle layer forming composition 7 Particle layer forming composition 8 Particle layer forming composition 9 Resin KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA - - - - - - - 5.94 - METOLOSE 60SH-03 - - - - - - - 0.09 - METOLOSE 60SH-06 9.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 - - - - - Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 - - - - - - - 2.97 - Polymer A-1 - - - - 29.71 - - - - Polymer A-2 - - - - - 29.71 29.71 - 33.04 particle SNOWTEX OZL-35 2.86 - - - - - - 2.86 - SNOWTEX OYL - 5.00 - - - - - - - EPOSTAR MX100W - - 10.00 - - - - - - MEK-ST-ZL - - - - 3.33 3.33 - - - MEK-ST-L - - - - - - 3.33 - - Surfactant MEGAFACE F-444 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 - - - 0.10 - MEGAFACE F-552 - - - - 0.09 0.09 0.09 - 0.09 Solvent water 493.14 491.00 486.00 495.00 - - - 493.14 - Methanol 495.00 495.00 495.00 495.00 - - - 495.00 - MEK - - - - 690.67 690.67 690.67 - 693.00 PGMEA - - - - 127.70 127.70 127.70 - 125.37 PGME - - - - 148.50 148.50 148.50 - 148.50

另外,表1中的各成分中的數值表示質量比。又,表1中所記載之聚合物A-1及A-2的量為作為30質量%溶液的量。The numerical values of the components in Table 1 represent mass ratios. The amounts of polymers A-1 and A-2 described in Table 1 are amounts as 30 mass % solutions.

以下示出表1中所記載之各成分的詳細內容。 KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA:(聚乙烯醇,Kuraray Co.,Ltd.製造) METOLOSE 60SH-03:(羥丙基甲基纖維素,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) METOLOSE 60SH-06:(羥丙基甲基纖維素,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) 聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-30:(聚乙烯吡咯啶酮,NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造) 聚合物A-1:下述所示之聚合物 聚合物A-2:下述所示之聚合物 SNOWTEX OZL-35:(二氧化矽粒子,算術平均粒徑80nm,固體成分35質量%,Nissan Chemical Corporation製造) SNOWTEX OYL:(二氧化矽粒子,算術平均粒徑60nm,固體成分20質量%,Nissan Chemical Corporation製造) EPOSTAR MX100W:(丙烯酸系交聯物粒子,算術平均粒徑:150nm,固體成分10質量%,NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造) MEK-ST-ZL:(二氧化矽粒子,算術平均粒徑80nm,固體成分30質量%,Nissan Chemical Corporation製造) MEK-ST-L:(二氧化矽粒子,算術平均粒徑45nm,固體成分30質量%,Nissan Chemical Corporation製造) MEGAFACE F-444(界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造) MEGAFACE F-552(界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造) 水 甲醇 MEK:甲基乙基酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造) PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造) PGME:丙二醇單甲基醚(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造) The following is a detailed description of each component listed in Table 1. KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA: (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) METOLOSE 60SH-03: (hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) METOLOSE 60SH-06: (hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30: (polyvinylpyrrolidone, manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.) Polymer A-1: The polymer shown below Polymer A-2: The polymer shown below SNOWTEX OZL-35: (silicon dioxide particles, arithmetic average particle size 80 nm, solid content 35% by mass, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation) SNOWTEX OYL: (silicon dioxide particles, arithmetic average particle size 60nm, solid content 20% by mass, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation) EPOSTAR MX100W: (acrylic crosslinked particles, arithmetic average particle size: 150nm, solid content 10% by mass, manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.) MEK-ST-ZL: (silicon dioxide particles, arithmetic average particle size 80nm, solid content 30% by mass, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation) MEK-ST-L: (silicon dioxide particles, arithmetic average particle size 45nm, solid content 30% by mass, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation) MEGAFACE F-444 (surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation) MEGAFACE F-552 (surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation) Water Methanol MEK: methyl ethyl ketone (SANKYO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.) PGME: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (SHOWA DENKO K.K.) PGME: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (SHOWA DENKO K.K.)

〔聚合物A-1〕 按照以下的方法合成了聚合物A-1。在聚合物A-1的合成方法中,以下的略語分別表示以下的化合物。 St:苯乙烯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) MAA:甲基丙烯酸(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) AA:丙烯酸(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) BzMA:甲基丙烯酸苄酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) V-601:2,2’-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造,聚合起始劑) PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 PGME:丙二醇單甲醚 [Polymer A-1] Polymer A-1 was synthesized according to the following method. In the synthesis method of polymer A-1, the following abbreviations represent the following compounds respectively. St: Styrene (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) MAA: Methacrylic acid (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) MMA: Methyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) AA: Acrylic acid (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) BzMA: Benzyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) V-601: 2,2'-azobis(isobutyric acid) dimethyl ester (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation, polymerization initiator) PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate PGME: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether

向三口燒瓶中放入PGMEA(58.25份)、PGME(58.25份),並在氮環境下升溫至90℃。一邊將三口燒瓶內的液溫維持在90℃±2℃,一邊耗時2小時將St(52.0份)、MMA(19.0份)、MAA(29.0份)、V-601(4.0份)、PGMEA(58.25份)及PGME(58.25份)的混合液滴加到三口燒瓶內。滴加結束後,一邊將液溫維持在90℃±2℃,一邊將混合液攪拌2小時,藉此得到了含有30.0質量%的聚合物A之組成物。聚合物A的酸值為189mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量為60,000,玻璃轉移溫度為131℃。PGMEA (58.25 parts) and PGME (58.25 parts) were placed in a three-necked flask and heated to 90°C in a nitrogen atmosphere. While the liquid temperature in the three-necked flask was maintained at 90°C±2°C, a mixed liquid of St (52.0 parts), MMA (19.0 parts), MAA (29.0 parts), V-601 (4.0 parts), PGMEA (58.25 parts) and PGME (58.25 parts) was dripped into the three-necked flask over 2 hours. After the dripping was completed, the mixed liquid was stirred for 2 hours while the liquid temperature was maintained at 90°C±2°C, thereby obtaining a composition containing 30.0% by mass of polymer A. The acid value of polymer A was 189 mgKOH/g, the weight average molecular weight was 60,000, and the glass transition temperature was 131°C.

〔聚合物A-2〕 以與聚合物A-1相同的方式合成了聚合物A-2。聚合物A-2為甲基丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙烯酸及丙烯酸的共聚物(各單體的含有率:78質量%/14.5質量%/7.5質量%,Mw:30000,Tg75℃,酸值153mgKOH/g)的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯及丙二醇單甲醚的1:1混合溶液(固體成分濃度:30.0質量%)。 [Polymer A-2] Polymer A-2 was synthesized in the same manner as polymer A-1. Polymer A-2 is a 1:1 mixed solution (solid content concentration: 30.0 mass %) of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether of a copolymer of benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid and acrylic acid (content of each monomer: 78 mass %/14.5 mass %/7.5 mass %, Mw: 30000, Tg 75°C, acid value 153 mgKOH/g)

<感光性轉印材料的製作> 使用狹縫狀噴嘴,將感光性層形成用組成物1以乾燥膜厚成為3.0μm之方式塗布於表2中所記載之覆蓋膜(16KS40,Toray Industries, Inc.製造,膜厚16μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜)上。上述塗布後,在100℃的對流烘箱中使其乾燥1分鐘,從而形成了感光性層。形成上述感光性層之後,將中間層形成用組成物1以乾燥膜厚成為1.0μm之方式塗布於上述感光性層上。其後,在100℃的對流烘箱中使其乾燥1分鐘,從而在感光性層上形成了中間層。 形成上述中間層之後,將粒子層形成用組成物1以乾燥膜厚成為0.1μm之方式塗布於上述中間層上。其後,在100℃的對流烘箱中使其乾燥1分鐘,從而製作出了在感光性層上依序具有中間層、粒子層之薄膜A。 又,作為附有包含丙烯酸系黏著劑之黏著性層之偽支撐體,準備了PANAC CO.,LTD.製造之PANAPROTECT HP25作為薄膜B。 最後,以上述薄膜A的粒子層與上述薄膜B的黏著性層接觸之方式,在室溫下以14m/min的速度層合薄膜A和薄膜B,從而製作出了實施例1的感光性轉印材料1。 以相同的方式,如表2所示那樣分別製作出了實施例2~6、以及比較例1及2的感光性轉印材料2~6、1’及2’。 又,如後述之表5所示那樣製作出了實施例19的感光性轉印材料19。 <Preparation of photosensitive transfer material> Using a slit nozzle, the photosensitive layer-forming composition 1 was applied to the cover film (16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., a biaxially oriented polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a film thickness of 16 μm) listed in Table 2 in a manner such that the dry film thickness was 3.0 μm. After the above-mentioned application, it was dried in a convection oven at 100°C for 1 minute to form a photosensitive layer. After the above-mentioned photosensitive layer was formed, the intermediate layer-forming composition 1 was applied to the above-mentioned photosensitive layer in a manner such that the dry film thickness was 1.0 μm. Thereafter, it was dried in a convection oven at 100°C for 1 minute to form an intermediate layer on the photosensitive layer. After forming the intermediate layer, the particle layer forming composition 1 was applied to the intermediate layer in a manner that the dry film thickness was 0.1 μm. Thereafter, it was dried in a convection oven at 100°C for 1 minute, thereby producing a film A having an intermediate layer and a particle layer in sequence on a photosensitive layer. In addition, PANAPROTECT HP25 manufactured by PANAC CO., LTD. was prepared as a pseudo support with an adhesive layer containing an acrylic adhesive as film B. Finally, the film A and the film B were laminated at a speed of 14 m/min at room temperature in a manner that the particle layer of the film A was in contact with the adhesive layer of the film B, thereby producing the photosensitive transfer material 1 of Example 1. In the same manner, as shown in Table 2, photosensitive transfer materials 2 to 6, 1' and 2' of Examples 2 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were prepared respectively. In addition, photosensitive transfer material 19 of Example 19 was prepared as shown in Table 5 described later.

藉由聚焦離子束(FIB:Focused Ion Beam)加工法將所製作之各實施例的感光性轉印材料以膜厚100nm的切片(薄片)的形式取出,並使用透射型電子顯微鏡(TEM:Transmission Electron microscope)觀察了截面。對任意100個所觀察之粒子測量長徑,將其算術平均值用作算術平均粒徑。 又,關於粒子層,確認到包含粒子且存在層厚相對於周圍局部大的結構。層厚局部大的結構向偽支撐體側突出。 The photosensitive transfer material of each embodiment produced was taken out in the form of a slice (thin slice) with a film thickness of 100nm by focused ion beam (FIB) processing, and the cross section was observed using a transmission electron microscope (TEM). The length diameter of any 100 observed particles was measured, and the arithmetic average was used as the arithmetic average particle diameter. In addition, regarding the particle layer, it was confirmed that there was a structure containing particles and having a layer thickness relatively large relative to the surrounding area. The structure with a locally large layer thickness protruded toward the pseudo-support body side.

[表2]    實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 實施例5 實施例6 比較例1 比較例2 基材 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 感光性轉印材料 感光性轉印材料1 感光性轉印材料2 感光性轉印材料3 感光性轉印材料4 感光性轉印材料5 感光性轉印材料6 感光性轉印材料1’ 感光性轉印材料2’ 覆蓋膜 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 轉印層 感光性層 處方 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物1 類型 層厚 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 粒子層 所使用之組成物 粒子層形成用組成物1 粒子層形成用組成物1 粒子層形成用組成物2 粒子層形成用組成物2 粒子層形成用組成物3 粒子層形成用組成3 粒子層形成用組成物4 粒徑 80nm 80nm 60nm 60nm 150nm 150nm 層厚 30nm 60nm 20nm 40nm 60nm 100nm 60nm 偽支撐體 名稱 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 基材薄膜 PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm 黏著性層 黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 丙烯酸系黏著劑 層厚 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 光滑性 5 5 5 4 5 5 1 1 線寬均勻性 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 直線性 5 5 5 5 4 3 5 5 [Table 2] Embodiment 1 Embodiment 2 Embodiment 3 Embodiment 4 Embodiment 5 Embodiment 6 Comparison Example 1 Comparison Example 2 Substrate Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Photosensitive transfer materials Photosensitive transfer material 1 Photosensitive transfer material 2 Photosensitive transfer material 3 Photosensitive transfer material 4 Photosensitive transfer material 5 Photosensitive transfer material 6 Photosensitive transfer material 1' Photosensitive transfer material 2' Covering film 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 Transfer layer Photosensitive layer Prescription Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Type just just just just just just just just Layer thickness 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm Particle layer Compositions used Particle layer forming composition 1 Particle layer forming composition 1 Particle layer forming composition 2 Particle layer forming composition 2 Particle layer forming composition 3 Particle layer forming composition 3 without Particle layer forming composition 4 Particle size 80nm 80nm 60nm 60nm 150nm 150nm without without Layer thickness 30nm 60nm 20nm 40nm 60nm 100nm without 60nm Pseudo-support Name PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 PANAPROTECT HP25 without PANAPROTECT HP25 Substrate film PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm PET25μm Adhesive layer Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Acrylic Adhesive Layer thickness 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm Smoothness 5 5 5 4 5 5 1 1 Line width uniformity 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 Linearity 5 5 5 5 4 3 5 5

另外,表2中的粒子層的層厚表示粒子層中的不存在凸結構之部分的平均層厚。In addition, the layer thickness of the particle layer in Table 2 represents the average layer thickness of the portion where no convex structure exists in the particle layer.

<附有銅層之PET基板的製作> 在厚度100μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜的兩面藉由濺射法形成各層厚200nm的銅層,從而製作出了附有銅層之PET基材(基材1)。 <Production of PET substrate with copper layer> A copper layer with a thickness of 200 nm was formed on both sides of a 100 μm thick polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film by sputtering, thereby producing a PET substrate with a copper layer (substrate 1).

<光滑性評價樣品的製作> 對於所製作之各實施例及比較例的感光性轉印材料,剝離覆蓋膜之後,在線壓0.6MPa、線速度(層合速度)4m/min的層合條件下層合於附有銅層之PET基板的單面。在氣壓0.5MPa、溫度50℃的條件下,對層合有所製作之感光性轉印材料之附有銅層之PET基板進行120分鐘高壓滅菌(autoclave)處理之後,剝離具備黏著性層之偽支撐體,在25℃50%RH的環境下調濕1小時,從而製作出了光滑性評價用樣品。 對於各實施例的光滑性評價樣品,使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察表面,確認到存在具有包含粒子之凸結構之粒子層。亦即,確認到粒子層與偽支撐體能夠剝離。 又,確認到即使在剝離感光性轉印材料的覆蓋膜,並將其熱層合於基材上,進一步剝離偽支撐體之後,粒子層的偽支撐體側的表面亦具有包含粒子之凸結構。 <Preparation of samples for evaluation of smoothness> After peeling off the cover film, the photosensitive transfer materials of the prepared embodiments and comparative examples were laminated on one side of a PET substrate with a copper layer under lamination conditions of a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa and a linear speed (lamination speed) of 4 m/min. The PET substrate with a copper layer laminated with the prepared photosensitive transfer material was autoclaved for 120 minutes under conditions of an air pressure of 0.5 MPa and a temperature of 50°C, and then the pseudo support with an adhesive layer was peeled off and humidified in an environment of 25°C and 50%RH for 1 hour to prepare samples for evaluation of smoothness. For the smoothness evaluation samples of each embodiment, the surface was observed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and it was confirmed that there was a particle layer having a convex structure containing particles. In other words, it was confirmed that the particle layer and the pseudo-support body can be peeled off. In addition, it was confirmed that even after the covering film of the photosensitive transfer material was peeled off and it was thermally laminated on the substrate and the pseudo-support body was further peeled off, the surface of the pseudo-support body side of the particle layer also had a convex structure containing particles.

<光滑性評價> 使所製作之光滑性評價樣品的最表層與膜厚5mm的透明鈉鈣玻璃(200mm×200mm)接觸。使用Tensilon萬能材料試驗機(RTF1210,A&D Company, Limited製造)及塑膠摩擦係數測量夾具(J-PZ2-50N,A&D Company, Limited製造),藉由塑膠-薄膜及薄片摩擦係數試驗方法(JIS K7125:1999)測量了靜摩擦係數及動摩擦係數。以下示出試驗條件。 荷重:200g 接觸面積:63mm×63mm 試驗速度:100mm/分鐘 <Smoothness evaluation> The outermost layer of the prepared smoothness evaluation sample was brought into contact with a transparent sodium calcium glass (200mm×200mm) with a film thickness of 5mm. The static friction coefficient and dynamic friction coefficient were measured using a Tensilon universal material testing machine (RTF1210, manufactured by A&D Company, Limited) and a plastic friction coefficient measuring fixture (J-PZ2-50N, manufactured by A&D Company, Limited) according to the plastic-film and sheet friction coefficient test method (JIS K7125:1999). The test conditions are shown below. Load: 200g Contact area: 63mm×63mm Test speed: 100mm/min

<光滑性(靜摩擦)> 依據靜摩擦係數,按照以下的基準評價了光滑性。 5:未達0.4 4:0.4以上且未達0.6 3:0.6以上且未達1.0 2:1.0以上且未達2.0 1:2.0以上或無法測量 <Smoothness (static friction)> Smoothness was evaluated based on the static friction coefficient according to the following criteria. 5: Less than 0.4 4: 0.4 or more and less than 0.6 3: 0.6 or more and less than 1.0 2: 1.0 or more and less than 2.0 1: 2.0 or more or cannot be measured

<樹脂圖案的製作> 對於所製作之各實施例及比較例的感光性轉印材料,剝離覆蓋膜之後,在線壓0.6MPa、線速度(層合速度)4m/min的層合條件下層合於附有銅層之PET基板的兩面。在氣壓0.5MPa、溫度50℃的條件下,對層合有所製作之感光性轉印材料之附有銅層之PET基板進行120分鐘高壓滅菌處理之後,兩面同時剝離附有黏著性層之偽支撐體,使用能夠進行真空密接兩面同時曝光之遮罩接觸曝光機(MA-1200A型 Japan Science Engineering Co.,Ltd.製造),使感光性轉印材料的剝離偽支撐體而露出之最表層與具有4.5μm/1.5μm、4μm/2μm、5μm/5μm、2μm/4μm、1.5μm/4.5μm的線與空間(line and space)的測試圖案之2片玻璃製鉻遮罩藉由最大計示壓力(gauge pressure)-50kPa下的8秒鐘真空密接而接觸,並介隔上述遮罩用超高壓水銀燈進行曝光之後,靜置30分鐘之後進行顯影,從而形成了樹脂圖案。關於顯影,使用28℃的1.0質量%碳酸鈉水溶液藉由噴淋顯影進行了40秒。曝光在5μm/5μm的線與空間的線寬成為5μm之曝光量下進行。 <Preparation of resin pattern> After peeling off the cover film, the photosensitive transfer material of each embodiment and comparative example was laminated on both sides of a PET substrate with a copper layer under lamination conditions of a linear pressure of 0.6 MPa and a linear speed (lamination speed) of 4 m/min. The PET substrate with copper layer laminated with the prepared photosensitive transfer material was sterilized under high pressure for 120 minutes at an air pressure of 0.5 MPa and a temperature of 50°C. Then, the dummy support with adhesive layer was peeled off from both sides at the same time. A mask contact exposure machine (MA-1200A, manufactured by Japan Science Engineering Co., Ltd.) capable of vacuum-tight double-sided exposure was used to expose the topmost layer of the photosensitive transfer material peeled off from the dummy support and the line and space (line and space) of 4.5μm/1.5μm, 4μm/2μm, 5μm/5μm, 2μm/4μm, and 1.5μm/4.5μm. Two glass chromium masks with a test pattern of -50 kPa (space) were placed in vacuum contact for 8 seconds at a maximum gauge pressure of -50 kPa, and exposed with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp through the mask. After standing for 30 minutes, the pattern was developed to form a resin pattern. The development was performed by spraying a 1.0 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 28°C for 40 seconds. The exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 5 μm/5 μm so that the line width of the line and space was 5 μm.

<線寬均勻性的評價> 在所得到之樹脂圖案中,若為負感光材料,則觀察遮罩的與1.5μm/4.5μm的線與空間對應之部分,若為正感光材料,則觀察遮罩的與4.5μm/1.5μm的線與空間對應之部分,並以2cm間隔對面內16點的空間寬度(溶解於顯影液中之部分)進行測長,並且求出了其標準偏差。當空間未被解析時,將該部分的線寬設為0μm而求出了標準偏差。 5:標準偏差未達0.10um 4:標準偏差為0.10μm以上且未達0.20μm 3:標準偏差為0.20μm以上且未達0.30μm 2:標準偏差為0.30μm以上且未達0.50μm 1:標準偏差為0.50以上或不存在被解析之部分 <Evaluation of line width uniformity> In the obtained resin pattern, if it is a negative photosensitive material, the part of the mask corresponding to the 1.5μm/4.5μm line and space is observed, and if it is a positive photosensitive material, the part of the mask corresponding to the 4.5μm/1.5μm line and space is observed, and the space width of 16 points in the opposite surface at 2cm intervals (the part dissolved in the developer) is measured, and its standard deviation is calculated. When the space is not resolved, the line width of the part is set to 0μm and the standard deviation is calculated. 5: Standard deviation is less than 0.10um 4: Standard deviation is 0.10μm or more and less than 0.20μm 3: Standard deviation is 0.20μm or more and less than 0.30μm 2: Standard deviation is 0.30μm or more and less than 0.50μm 1: Standard deviation is 0.50 or more or there is no analyzed part

<直線性的評價> 利用銅蝕刻液(Mec Bright SF-5404:MEC Co.,Ltd.製造)將形成有圖案之試樣在25℃下蝕刻80秒,並使用4質量%氫氧化鈉溶液進行光阻剝離,藉此製作出了電路配線圖案。測量100點5μm/5μm的線與空間圖案的線寬,計算出了LWR(亦即,線寬的標準偏差)。依據LWR,按照以下的基準評價了配線的直線性。以下所示之基準1~5的數值愈大,則配線圖案的直線性愈優異。 5:未達150nm 4:150nm以上且未達200nm 3:200nm以上且未達300nm 2:300nm以上且未達500nm 1:500nm以上 <Evaluation of linearity> The sample with pattern was etched at 25°C for 80 seconds using copper etchant (Mec Bright SF-5404: manufactured by MEC Co., Ltd.), and photoresist was stripped using 4 mass% sodium hydroxide solution to produce a circuit wiring pattern. The line width of the 100-point 5μm/5μm line and space pattern was measured, and the LWR (i.e., the standard deviation of the line width) was calculated. Based on the LWR, the linearity of the wiring was evaluated according to the following criteria. The larger the value of the criteria 1 to 5 shown below, the better the linearity of the wiring pattern. 5: Less than 150nm 4: 150nm or more and less than 200nm 3: 200nm or more and less than 300nm 2: 300nm or more and less than 500nm 1: 500nm or more

<電路配線圖案的製作:減法> 利用銅蝕刻液(Mec Bright SF-5404:MEC Co.,Ltd.製造)將形成有圖案之試樣在25℃下蝕刻80秒,並使用4質量%氫氧化鈉溶液進行光阻剝離,藉此製作出了電路配線圖案。 用顯微鏡觀察了各實施例中所得到之電路配線基板,其結果,無剝離或缺失等,為完整的圖案。 <Production of circuit wiring pattern: subtractive method> The sample with pattern was etched at 25°C for 80 seconds using copper etching solution (Mec Bright SF-5404: manufactured by MEC Co., Ltd.), and the photoresist was stripped using 4 mass% sodium hydroxide solution to produce a circuit wiring pattern. The circuit wiring substrate obtained in each embodiment was observed under a microscope, and the result showed that there was no peeling or missing, and the pattern was complete.

<電路配線圖案的製作:半加成法> 對形成有圖案之試樣以成為2.5μm的厚度之方式實施電解鍍銅,並使用4質量%氫氧化鈉溶液進行光阻剝離之後,利用銅蝕刻液(Mec Bright SF-5404:MEC Co.,Ltd.製造)在25℃下蝕刻80秒,從而製作出了電路配線圖案。 用顯微鏡觀察了各實施例中所得到之電路配線基板,其結果,無剝離或缺失等,為完整的圖案。 <Production of circuit wiring pattern: semi-additive method> The sample with the pattern was electrolytically plated with copper to a thickness of 2.5μm, and after photoresist stripping using a 4 mass% sodium hydroxide solution, the circuit wiring pattern was produced by etching at 25°C for 80 seconds using a copper etchant (Mec Bright SF-5404: manufactured by MEC Co., Ltd.). The circuit wiring substrate obtained in each embodiment was observed under a microscope, and the result showed that there was no peeling or missing, and the pattern was complete.

(實施例7~18、20及21、以及比較例3~5) <感光性層形成用組成物2的製備> 為了製備感光性層形成用組成物2而使用之各成分除了上述以外,如下所述。 (Examples 7 to 18, 20 and 21, and Comparative Examples 3 to 5) <Preparation of Photosensitive Layer Forming Composition 2> In addition to the above, the components used to prepare the photosensitive layer forming composition 2 are as follows.

〔乙烯性不飽和化合物B〕 ·B-1:NK Ester BPE-500(2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) ·B-2:ARONIX M-270(聚丙二醇二丙烯酸酯,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造) [Ethylenically unsaturated compound B] ·B-1: NK Ester BPE-500 (2,2-bis(4-(methacryloyloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) ·B-2: ARONIX M-270 (polypropylene glycol diacrylate, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)

〔光聚合起始劑〕 ·B-CIM(光自由基聚合起始劑,2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體,Hampford公司製造) [Photopolymerization initiator] ·B-CIM (photoradical polymerization initiator, 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, manufactured by Hampford)

〔增感劑〕 ·SB-PI 701(4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮,從Sanyo Trading Co.,Ltd.獲得) [Sensitizer] ·SB-PI 701 (4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, obtained from Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.)

〔顯色劑〕 ·N-1:LCV(無色結晶紫,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造,藉由自由基而顯色之色素) [Color developer] · N-1: LCV (colorless crystal violet, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., a pigment that develops color through free radicals)

〔鏈轉移劑〕 ·N-苯甘胺酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) [Chain transfer agent] · N-phenylglycine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

〔防銹劑〕 ·CBT-1(羧基苯并三唑,JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造) [Rust-proofing agent] ·CBT-1 (Carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)

〔聚合抑制劑〕 ·TDP-G(啡噻𠯤,Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Company, Limited製造) [Polymerization inhibitor] ·TDP-G (Thiophene, manufactured by Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Company, Limited)

〔抗氧化劑〕 菲尼酮(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) [Antioxidant] Phenidone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

〔界面活性劑〕 MEGAFACE F-552(氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造) [Surfactant] MEGAFACE F-552 (fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation)

混合以下的成分而製備出了感光性層形成用組成物2。 ·聚合物A-1(固體成分濃度30.0%):50.00份 ·B-1:36.20份 ·B-2:5.00份 ·光聚合起始劑:7.00份 ·增感劑:0.50份 ·N-1:0.40部 ·鏈轉移劑:0.20份 ·防銹劑:0.10份 ·聚合抑制劑:0.30份 ·抗氧化劑:0.01份 ·界面活性劑:0.29份 ·甲基乙基酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造):396.00份 ·PGMEA(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造):170.00份 The following components were mixed to prepare a photosensitive layer-forming composition 2. · Polymer A-1 (solid content concentration 30.0%): 50.00 parts · B-1: 36.20 parts · B-2: 5.00 parts · Photopolymerization initiator: 7.00 parts · Sensitizer: 0.50 parts · N-1: 0.40 parts · Chain transfer agent: 0.20 parts · Rust inhibitor: 0.10 parts · Polymerization inhibitor: 0.30 parts · Antioxidant: 0.01 parts · Surfactant: 0.29 parts · Methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by SANKYO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.): 396.00 parts · PGMEA (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.): 170.00 parts

<中間層形成用組成物1的製備> 按以下的組成進行調配,並且用孔徑3.0μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器過濾,藉此得到了中間層形成用組成物1。 ·水:435.0質量份 ·甲醇:475.0質量份 ·KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA(聚乙烯醇,Kuraray Co.,Ltd.製造):26.33質量份 ·聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-30(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造):13.17質量份 ·METOLOSE 60SH-03(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造):0.50質量份 ·SNOWTEX O(二氧化矽粒子,平均粒徑12nm,Nissan Chemical Corporation製造):50.0份 ·MEGAFACE F-444(氟系界面活性劑,DIC Corporation製造):0.05質量份 <Preparation of composition 1 for forming an intermediate layer> The following composition was prepared and filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore size of 3.0 μm to obtain composition 1 for forming an intermediate layer. · Water: 435.0 parts by mass · Methanol: 475.0 parts by mass · KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 26.33 parts by mass · Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.): 13.17 parts by mass · METOLOSE 60SH-03 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.50 parts by mass · SNOWTEX O (silicon dioxide particles, average particle size 12nm, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation): 50.0 parts by mass · MEGAFACE F-444 (fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation): 0.05 parts by mass

除了變更為以下的表3所示之組成以外,以與中間層形成用組成物1的製備相同的方式分別得到了中間層形成用組成物2及3。Intermediate layer-forming compositions 2 and 3 were obtained in the same manner as in the preparation of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1 except that the compositions were changed to those shown in Table 3 below.

[表3]    中間層形成用組成物1 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物3 樹脂 KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA 26.33 - - GOHSENX CKS-50 - 16.48 - JMR-3H - 16.48 - METOLOSE 60SH-03 0.50 0.50 - HPC-SSL - - 40.00 聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-30 13.17 8.24 - 聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-90 - 8.24 - 填料 SNOWTEX O 50.00 - 50.00 界面活性劑 MEGAFACE F-444 0.05 0.05 0.05 溶劑 435.00 475.00 435.00 甲醇 475.00 475.00 475.00 [table 3] Intermediate layer forming composition 1 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 3 Resin KURARAY POVAL 4-88LA 26.33 - - GOHSENX CKS-50 - 16.48 - JMR-3H - 16.48 - METOLOSE 60SH-03 0.50 0.50 - HPC-SSL - - 40.00 Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30 13.17 8.24 - Polyvinylpyrrolidone K-90 - 8.24 - filler SNOWTEX O 50.00 - 50.00 Surfactant MEGAFACE F-444 0.05 0.05 0.05 Solvent water 435.00 475.00 435.00 Methanol 475.00 475.00 475.00

<黏著性層形成用組成物1的製備> 按以下的組成進行調配,並且用孔徑3.0μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器過濾,藉此得到了黏著性層形成用組成物1。 ·VYLON BX-1001(聚酯樹脂,Tg=-18℃,Mn=28,000,TOYOBO CO.,LTD.製造):60.4質量份 ·VYLON GK-800(聚酯樹脂,Tg=50℃,Mn=27,000,TOYOBO CO.,LTD.製造):89.2質量份 ·MEGAFACE F-552(DIC Corporation製造):0.39質量份 ·甲基乙基酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造):765.0份 ·PGMEA(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造):85.0份 <Preparation of Adhesive Layer Forming Composition 1> The following composition was prepared and filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore size of 3.0 μm to obtain an adhesive layer forming composition 1. ·VYLON BX-1001 (polyester resin, Tg = -18 ° C, Mn = 28,000, manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.): 60.4 parts by mass ·VYLON GK-800 (polyester resin, Tg = 50 ° C, Mn = 27,000, manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.): 89.2 parts by mass ·MEGAFACE F-552 (manufactured by DIC Corporation): 0.39 parts by mass ·Methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by SANKYO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.): 765.0 parts ·PGMEA (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.): 85.0 parts

<感光性轉印材料的製作> 使用狹縫狀噴嘴,將感光性層形成用組成物1以乾燥膜厚成為3.0μm之方式塗布於表4中所記載之覆蓋膜(16KS40,Toray Industries, Inc.製造)上。上述塗布後,在100℃的對流烘箱中使其乾燥1分鐘,從而形成了感光性層。形成上述感光性層之後,將中間層形成用組成物1以乾燥膜厚成為1.0μm之方式塗布於上述感光性層上。其後,在100℃的對流烘箱中使其乾燥1分鐘,從而在感光性層上形成了中間層。形成上述中間層之後,將粒子層形成用組成物10以乾燥膜厚成為0.1μm之方式塗布於上述中間層上。其後,在100℃的對流烘箱中使其乾燥1分鐘,從而製作出了在覆蓋膜上依序具有感光性層、中間層、粒子層之薄膜A。 使用狹縫狀噴嘴,將黏著性層形成用組成物1以乾燥膜厚成為3.0μm之方式塗布於PET支撐體(16KS40,Toray Industries, Inc.製造)上。上述塗布後,在100℃的對流烘箱中使其乾燥1分鐘,從而製作出了在PET支撐體上具有黏著性層之薄膜B(偽支撐體)。 以上述薄膜A的粒子層與上述薄膜B的黏著性層接觸之方式,在70℃下以14m/min的速度熱層合,從而製作出了實施例7的感光性轉印材料7。 <Preparation of photosensitive transfer material> Using a slit nozzle, the composition 1 for forming a photosensitive layer was applied to the cover film (16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) listed in Table 4 in such a manner that the dry film thickness was 3.0 μm. After the above application, it was dried in a convection oven at 100°C for 1 minute to form a photosensitive layer. After the above photosensitive layer was formed, the composition 1 for forming an intermediate layer was applied to the above photosensitive layer in such a manner that the dry film thickness was 1.0 μm. Thereafter, it was dried in a convection oven at 100°C for 1 minute to form an intermediate layer on the photosensitive layer. After forming the intermediate layer, the particle layer forming composition 10 was applied to the intermediate layer in a manner that the dry film thickness was 0.1 μm. Thereafter, it was dried in a convection oven at 100°C for 1 minute, thereby producing a film A having a photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer, and a particle layer in order on a covering film. Using a slit nozzle, the adhesive layer forming composition 1 was applied to a PET support (16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) in a manner that the dry film thickness was 3.0 μm. After the above application, it was dried in a convection oven at 100°C for 1 minute, thereby producing a film B (pseudo-support) having an adhesive layer on a PET support. The particle layer of the film A and the adhesive layer of the film B were brought into contact with each other and thermally laminated at 70°C at a speed of 14 m/min, thereby producing the photosensitive transfer material 7 of Example 7.

以相同的方式,如表4、表5或表6所示那樣製作出了實施例7~18、20及21、以及比較例3~5的各感光性轉印材料。 對於該等感光性轉印材料,以與實施例1同樣地進行了測量及評價。 其結果,對於所製作之各實施例的感光性轉印材料的粒子層,確認到包含粒子且存在層厚相對於周圍局部厚的結構。層厚局部大的結構向偽支撐體側突出。 又,對於各實施例的感光性轉印材料,確認到粒子層與偽支撐體能夠剝離。 再者,確認到即使在剝離各實施例的感光性轉印材料的覆蓋膜,並將其熱層合於基材上,進一步剝離偽支撐體之後,粒子層的偽支撐體側的表面亦具有包含粒子之凸結構。 In the same manner, as shown in Table 4, Table 5 or Table 6, each photosensitive transfer material of Examples 7 to 18, 20 and 21 and Comparative Examples 3 to 5 was prepared. For these photosensitive transfer materials, the same measurement and evaluation as in Example 1 were performed. As a result, for the particle layer of the photosensitive transfer material of each embodiment prepared, it was confirmed that there was a structure containing particles and having a layer thickness relatively thick relative to the surrounding area. The structure with a locally large layer thickness protruded toward the pseudo-support body side. In addition, for the photosensitive transfer material of each embodiment, it was confirmed that the particle layer and the pseudo-support body could be peeled off. Furthermore, it was confirmed that even after the covering film of the photosensitive transfer material of each embodiment was peeled off and thermally laminated on the substrate, and the pseudo-support was further peeled off, the surface of the pseudo-support side of the particle layer also had a convex structure containing particles.

[表4]    實施例7 實施例8 實施例9 實施例10 實施例11 實施例12 實施例13 實施例14 基材 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 感光性轉印材料 感光性轉印材料7 感光性轉印材料8 感光性轉印材料9 感光性轉印材料10 感光性轉印材料11 感光性轉印材料12 感光性轉印材料13 感光性轉印材料14 覆蓋膜 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 轉印層 感光性層 所使用之組成物 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 類型 層厚 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 中間層 所使用之組成物 中間層形成用組成物1 中間層形成用組成物1 中間層形成用組成物1 中間層形成用組成物1 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物2 層厚 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 粒子層 所使用之組成物 粒子層形成用組成物5 粒子層形成用組成物5 粒子層形成用組成物5 粒子層形成用組成物5 粒子層形成用組成物6 粒子層形成用組成物6 粒子層形成用組成物6 粒子層形成用組成物6 粒徑 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 層厚 30nm 60nm 80nm 100nm 30nm 60nm 80nm 100nm 偽支撐體 基材薄膜 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 黏著性層 所使用之組成物 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 層厚 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 氧透過率 22 22 22 22 25 25 25 25 光滑性 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 線寬均勻性 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 直線性 4 5 5 4 4 5 5 4 [Table 4] Embodiment 7 Embodiment 8 Embodiment 9 Embodiment 10 Embodiment 11 Embodiment 12 Embodiment 13 Embodiment 14 Substrate Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Photosensitive transfer materials Photosensitive transfer material 7 Photosensitive transfer material 8 Photosensitive transfer material 9 Photosensitive transfer material 10 Photosensitive transfer material 11 Photosensitive transfer material 12 Photosensitive transfer material 13 Photosensitive transfer material 14 Covering film 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 Transfer layer Photosensitive layer Compositions used Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Type Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Layer thickness 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm Middle layer Compositions used Intermediate layer forming composition 1 Intermediate layer forming composition 1 Intermediate layer forming composition 1 Intermediate layer forming composition 1 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Layer thickness 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm Particle layer Compositions used Particle layer forming composition 5 Particle layer forming composition 5 Particle layer forming composition 5 Particle layer forming composition 5 Particle layer forming composition 6 Particle layer forming composition 6 Particle layer forming composition 6 Particle layer forming composition 6 Particle size 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm 80nm Layer thickness 30nm 60nm 80nm 100nm 30nm 60nm 80nm 100nm Pseudo-support Substrate film 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 Adhesive layer Compositions used Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Layer thickness 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm Oxygen permeability twenty two twenty two twenty two twenty two 25 25 25 25 Smoothness 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 Line width uniformity 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 Linearity 4 5 5 4 4 5 5 4

[表5]    實施例15 實施例16 實施例17 實施例18 實施例19 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 基材 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 基材1 感光性轉印材料 感光性轉印材料15 感光性轉印材料16 感光性轉印材料17 感光性轉印材料18 感光性轉印材料19 感光性轉印材料3’ 感光性轉印材料4’ 感光性轉印材料5’ 覆蓋膜 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 轉印層 感光性層 所使用之組成物 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物1 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 類型 層厚 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 中間層 所使用之組成物 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物3 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物2 層厚 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm 粒子層 所使用之組成物 粒子層形成用組成物7 粒子層形成用組成物7 粒子層形成用組成物7 粒子層形成用組成物8 粒子層形成用組成物5 粒子層形成用組成物9 粒徑 45nm 45nm 45nm 80nm 80nm 層厚 20nm 45nm 60nm 30nm 60nm 60nm 偽支撐體 基材薄膜 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 黏著性層 所使用之組成物 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 層厚 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 氧透過率 25 25 25 9,200 8,400 25 25 26,000 光滑性 4 4 3 4 5 1 1 1 線寬均勻性 4 4 4 3 5 2 2 1 直線性 5 5 4 3 4 5 5 1 [table 5] Embodiment 15 Embodiment 16 Embodiment 17 Embodiment 18 Embodiment 19 Comparison Example 3 Comparison Example 4 Comparison Example 5 Substrate Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Photosensitive transfer materials Photosensitive transfer material 15 Photosensitive transfer material 16 Photosensitive transfer material 17 Photosensitive transfer material 18 Photosensitive transfer material 19 Photosensitive transfer material 3' Photosensitive transfer material 4' Photosensitive transfer material 5' Covering film 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 Transfer layer Photosensitive layer Compositions used Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 1 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Type Negative Negative Negative Negative just Negative Negative Negative Layer thickness 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm Middle layer Compositions used Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 without Intermediate layer forming composition 3 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 without Layer thickness 1μm 1μm 1μm without 1μm 1μm 1μm 1μm Particle layer Compositions used Particle layer forming composition 7 Particle layer forming composition 7 Particle layer forming composition 7 Particle layer forming composition 8 Particle layer forming composition 5 without Particle layer forming composition 9 without Particle size 45nm 45nm 45nm 80nm 80nm without without without Layer thickness 20nm 45nm 60nm 30nm 60nm without 60nm without Pseudo-support Substrate film 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 16KS40 Adhesive layer Compositions used Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Layer thickness 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm 3μm Oxygen permeability 25 25 25 9,200 8,400 25 25 26,000 Smoothness 4 4 3 4 5 1 1 1 Line width uniformity 4 4 4 3 5 2 2 1 Linearity 5 5 4 3 4 5 5 1

[表6]    實施例20 實施例21 基材 基材1 基材1 感光性轉印材料 感光性轉印材料20 感光性轉印材料21 覆蓋膜 16KS40 16KS40 轉印層 感光性層 所使用之組成物 感光性層形成用組成物2 感光性層形成用組成物2 類型 層厚 6μm 10μm 中間層 所使用之組成物 中間層形成用組成物2 中間層形成用組成物2 層厚 1μm 1μm 粒子層 所使用之組成物 粒子層形成用組成物6 粒子層形成用組成物6 粒徑 80nm 80nm 層厚 60nm 60nm 偽支撐體 基材薄膜 16KS40 16KS40 黏著性層 所使用之組成物 黏著性層形成用組成物1 黏著性層形成用組成物1 層厚 3μm 3μm 氧透過率 25 25 光滑性 5 5 線寬均勻性 5 4 直線性 4 3 [Table 6] Embodiment 20 Embodiment 21 Substrate Substrate 1 Substrate 1 Photosensitive transfer materials Photosensitive transfer material 20 Photosensitive transfer material 21 Covering film 16KS40 16KS40 Transfer layer Photosensitive layer Compositions used Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Photosensitive layer forming composition 2 Type Negative Negative Layer thickness 6μm 10μm Middle layer Compositions used Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Intermediate layer forming composition 2 Layer thickness 1μm 1μm Particle layer Compositions used Particle layer forming composition 6 Particle layer forming composition 6 Particle size 80nm 80nm Layer thickness 60nm 60nm Pseudo-support Substrate film 16KS40 16KS40 Adhesive layer Compositions used Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Adhesive layer forming composition 1 Layer thickness 3μm 3μm Oxygen permeability 25 25 Smoothness 5 5 Line width uniformity 5 4 Linearity 4 3

另外,表4~表6中的粒子層的層厚表示粒子層中的不存在凸結構之部分的平均層厚,並且,氧透過率的單位為cc/m 2·day·atm。 In addition, the layer thickness of the particle layer in Tables 4 to 6 represents the average layer thickness of a portion of the particle layer where no convex structure exists, and the unit of oxygen permeability is cc/m 2 ·day·atm.

如上述表2及表4~表6所示,與比較例1~5的感光性轉印材料相比,實施例1~21的感光性轉印材料的光滑性優異。 又,如上述表2及表4~表6所示,實施例1~21的感光性轉印材料的線寬均勻性及直線性亦優異。 As shown in Table 2 and Table 4 to Table 6 above, the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 21 are superior in smoothness compared to the photosensitive transfer materials of Comparative Examples 1 to 5. In addition, as shown in Table 2 and Table 4 to Table 6 above, the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 21 are also superior in line width uniformity and linearity.

11:偽支撐體 12:轉印層 13:熱塑性樹脂層 15:中間層 17:感光性層 18:粒子層 18a:凸結構 19:覆蓋膜 20:感光性轉印材料 GR:遮光部(非圖像部) EX:曝光部(圖像部) DL:對準框 11: Pseudo-support body 12: Transfer layer 13: Thermoplastic resin layer 15: Intermediate layer 17: Photosensitive layer 18: Particle layer 18a: Convex structure 19: Cover film 20: Photosensitive transfer material GR: Light shielding part (non-image part) EX: Exposure part (image part) DL: Alignment frame

2022年7月28日申請的日本專利申請2022-120582的揭示藉由參照而被併入本揭示中 本揭示中所記載之所有文獻、專利申請及技術標準,與具體且各自地記載藉由參照而併入各個文獻、專利申請及技術標準之情況相同程度地,藉由參照而被併入本揭示中 The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-120582 filed on July 28, 2022 is incorporated by reference into this disclosure All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described in this disclosure are incorporated by reference into this disclosure to the same extent as if each document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually described as being incorporated by reference

圖1係表示感光性轉印材料的構成的一例之概略圖。 圖2係表示圖案A之概略俯視圖。 圖3係表示圖案B之概略俯視圖。 FIG1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the structure of a photosensitive transfer material. FIG2 is a schematic top view showing pattern A. FIG3 is a schematic top view showing pattern B.

無。without.

Claims (15)

一種感光性轉印材料,其在覆蓋膜上依序具有轉印層和偽支撐體, 前述轉印層依序具有感光性層和包含粒子之粒子層, 前述粒子層與前述偽支撐體接觸, 前述粒子層與前述偽支撐體能夠剝離, 前述粒子層的偽支撐體側的表面具有包含前述粒子之凸結構, 前述粒子層中的不存在前述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於前述粒子層中所包含之前述粒子的算術平均粒徑。 A photosensitive transfer material having a transfer layer and a pseudo-support in sequence on a cover film, the transfer layer having a photosensitive layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the particle layer is in contact with the pseudo-support, the particle layer and the pseudo-support can be peeled off, the surface of the pseudo-support side of the particle layer has a convex structure containing the particles, the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is less than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the particle layer. 一種感光性轉印材料,其在覆蓋膜上依序具有轉印層和偽支撐體, 前述轉印層依序具有感光性層、中間層及包含粒子之粒子層, 前述粒子層與前述偽支撐體接觸, 前述粒子層與前述偽支撐體能夠剝離, 前述粒子層的偽支撐體側的表面具有包含前述粒子之凸結構。 A photosensitive transfer material, which has a transfer layer and a pseudo-support in sequence on a cover film, the transfer layer has a photosensitive layer, an intermediate layer and a particle layer containing particles in sequence, the particle layer is in contact with the pseudo-support, the particle layer and the pseudo-support can be peeled off, the surface of the pseudo-support side of the particle layer has a convex structure containing the particles. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述偽支撐體在與前述粒子層接觸之面具有黏著性層。 The photosensitive transfer material as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the pseudo-support has an adhesive layer on the surface in contact with the particle layer. 如請求項3所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述黏著性層包含聚酯樹脂。 The photosensitive transfer material as described in claim 3, wherein the adhesive layer comprises a polyester resin. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述感光性層為負型感光性層。 The photosensitive transfer material as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述轉印層的氧透過率為25,000cc/m 2·day·atm以下。 The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the oxygen permeability of the transfer layer is less than 25,000 cc/m 2 ·day·atm. 如請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述中間層包含聚乙烯醇。 The photosensitive transfer material as described in claim 2, wherein the intermediate layer comprises polyvinyl alcohol. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述粒子層包含鹼可溶性樹脂。 The photosensitive transfer material as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned particle layer comprises an alkali-soluble resin. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述粒子的算術平均粒徑為10nm~200nm。 The photosensitive transfer material as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the arithmetic average particle size of the aforementioned particles is 10nm to 200nm. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述粒子層中的不存在前述凸結構之部分的平均層厚為10nm~200nm。 The photosensitive transfer material as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the average layer thickness of the portion of the particle layer where the convex structure does not exist is 10nm to 200nm. 一種感光性轉印材料之製造方法,其包括如下步驟: 在覆蓋膜上賦予感光性層形成用組成物而形成感光性層之步驟; 在前述感光性層上賦予粒子層形成用組成物而形成在表面具有包含粒子之凸結構之粒子層之步驟;及 將偽支撐體以與前述粒子層接觸之方式貼合於前述粒子層的具有前述凸結構之一側的表面之步驟, 前述粒子層中的不存在前述凸結構之部分的平均層厚小於前述粒子層中所包含之粒子的算術平均粒徑。 A method for manufacturing a photosensitive transfer material, comprising the following steps: a step of providing a photosensitive layer-forming composition on a cover film to form a photosensitive layer; a step of providing a particle layer-forming composition on the aforementioned photosensitive layer to form a particle layer having a convex structure containing particles on the surface; and a step of attaching a pseudo-support to the surface of the aforementioned particle layer on one side having the aforementioned convex structure in a manner of contacting the aforementioned particle layer, wherein the average layer thickness of a portion of the aforementioned particle layer where the aforementioned convex structure does not exist is smaller than the arithmetic average particle size of the particles contained in the aforementioned particle layer. 一種感光性轉印材料之製造方法,其包括如下步驟: 在覆蓋膜上賦予感光性層形成用組成物而形成感光性層之步驟; 在前述感光性層上賦予中間層形成用組成物而形成中間層之步驟; 在前述中間層上賦予粒子層形成用組成物而形成粒子層之步驟;及 將偽支撐體以與前述粒子層接觸之方式貼合於前述粒子層上之步驟。 A method for manufacturing a photosensitive transfer material, comprising the following steps: A step of providing a photosensitive layer-forming composition on a cover film to form a photosensitive layer; A step of providing an intermediate layer-forming composition on the photosensitive layer to form an intermediate layer; A step of providing a particle layer-forming composition on the intermediate layer to form a particle layer; and A step of attaching a pseudo-support to the particle layer in contact with the particle layer. 一種樹脂圖案之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟: 剝離請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料中的前述覆蓋膜之步驟; 使剝離了前述覆蓋膜之、前述感光性轉印材料中的感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟; 從前述粒子層剝離前述偽支撐體之步驟; 使曝光遮罩與前述粒子層接觸並介隔前述曝光遮罩對前述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟;及 對前述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟。 A method for manufacturing a resin pattern comprises the following steps in order: A step of peeling off the aforementioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material described in claim 1 or claim 2; A step of bringing the outermost layer on the photosensitive layer side of the aforementioned photosensitive transfer material from which the aforementioned covering film has been peeled into contact with a support having a conductive layer and laminating them; A step of peeling off the aforementioned pseudo support from the aforementioned particle layer; A step of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the aforementioned particle layer and exposing the aforementioned photosensitive layer to a pattern through the aforementioned exposure mask; and A step of developing the aforementioned photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern. 一種電路配線之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟: 剝離請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料中的前述覆蓋膜之步驟; 使剝離了前述覆蓋膜之、前述感光性轉印材料中的感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟; 從前述粒子層剝離前述偽支撐體之步驟; 使曝光遮罩與前述粒子層接觸並介隔前述曝光遮罩對前述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟; 對前述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟;及 將所形成之前述樹脂圖案作為遮罩對前述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 A method for manufacturing circuit wiring, which comprises the following steps in sequence: A step of peeling off the aforementioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material described in claim 1 or claim 2; A step of bringing the outermost layer on the photosensitive layer side of the aforementioned photosensitive transfer material from which the aforementioned covering film has been peeled into contact with a support having a conductive layer and bonding them; A step of peeling off the aforementioned pseudo-support from the aforementioned particle layer; A step of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the aforementioned particle layer and exposing the aforementioned photosensitive layer in a pattern through the aforementioned exposure mask; A step of developing the aforementioned photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern; and The step of using the aforementioned resin pattern as a mask to perform etching on the aforementioned conductive layer. 一種電路配線之製造方法,其依序包括如下步驟: 剝離請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料中的前述覆蓋膜之步驟; 使剝離了前述覆蓋膜之、前述感光性轉印材料中的感光性層側的最外層與具有導電性層之支撐體接觸並進行貼合之步驟; 從前述粒子層剝離前述偽支撐體之步驟; 使曝光遮罩與前述粒子層接觸並介隔前述曝光遮罩對前述感光性層進行圖案曝光之步驟; 對前述感光性層進行顯影而形成樹脂圖案之步驟; 將所形成之前述樹脂圖案作為遮罩在前述導電性層上實施電鍍之步驟; 剝離所形成之前述樹脂圖案之步驟;及 對前述導電性層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 A method for manufacturing circuit wiring, which comprises the following steps in sequence: A step of peeling off the aforementioned covering film in the photosensitive transfer material described in claim 1 or claim 2; A step of bringing the outermost layer on the photosensitive layer side of the aforementioned photosensitive transfer material from which the aforementioned covering film has been peeled into contact with a support having a conductive layer and bonding them; A step of peeling off the aforementioned pseudo support from the aforementioned particle layer; A step of bringing an exposure mask into contact with the aforementioned particle layer and exposing the aforementioned photosensitive layer in a pattern through the aforementioned exposure mask; A step of developing the aforementioned photosensitive layer to form a resin pattern; A step of electroplating the conductive layer using the previously formed resin pattern as a mask; A step of stripping the previously formed resin pattern; and A step of etching the conductive layer.
TW112128180A 2022-07-28 2023-07-27 Photosensitive transfer material, and method for manufacturing thereof, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring TW202413096A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-120582 2022-07-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202413096A true TW202413096A (en) 2024-04-01

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220400553A1 (en) Manufacturing method for substrate having conductive pattern, manufacturing method for electronic device, substrate having conductive pattern, and protective film for metal nanobody
WO2022019321A1 (en) Composition, transfer film, method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing electronic device
TW202205011A (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2024024864A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing same, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
TW202413096A (en) Photosensitive transfer material, and method for manufacturing thereof, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
WO2022181016A1 (en) Method for producing conductive pattern and method for producing electronic device
WO2023127755A1 (en) Method for producing resist pattern, method for producing laminate, and photosensitive transfer material for direct imaging exposure
WO2022138577A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022138578A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022138576A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing electronic device, and method for producing multilayer body
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2022138246A1 (en) Transfer material and method for manufacturing laminate
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2023100553A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate having conductor pattern, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, and method for producing transfer film
JP2024034318A (en) Laminated body and method for manufacturing the laminated body
TW202330959A (en) Method of producing deposition mask
JP2022184720A (en) Manufacturing method of substrate having conductive pattern, manufacturing method of electronic device, substrate having conductive pattern, and protective film for metal nano substance
TW202325543A (en) Photosensitive transfer material for forming vapor deposition mask and method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
JP2023097347A (en) Method for manufacturing vapor deposition mask
JP2024052221A (en) LAMINATE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING LAMINATE
TW202307026A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having a conductive pattern
TW202236008A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film
TW202309662A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition layer, transfer film, method for producing laminate having a conductive pattern